[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2013064053A1 - Method and system for policy management in stream movement - Google Patents

Method and system for policy management in stream movement Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013064053A1
WO2013064053A1 PCT/CN2012/083710 CN2012083710W WO2013064053A1 WO 2013064053 A1 WO2013064053 A1 WO 2013064053A1 CN 2012083710 W CN2012083710 W CN 2012083710W WO 2013064053 A1 WO2013064053 A1 WO 2013064053A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
policy
flow
selection policy
message
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2012/083710
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
周娜
霍玉臻
沈岷
江鸿
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
ZTE Corp
Original Assignee
ZTE Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ZTE Corp filed Critical ZTE Corp
Publication of WO2013064053A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013064053A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/08Mobility data transfer

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular to a method and system for managing flow mobility in a multiple access system.
  • the terminal may be one or more of a mobile terminal, a fixed terminal, and a nomadic terminal, such as a mobile phone, a fixed telephone, a computer, a server, and the like.
  • the access network is used to provide a layer 2 (physical layer and link layer) access means for the terminal, and maintains a physical access link between the terminal and the access gateway.
  • the access gateway is configured to allocate location information to the terminal, maintain the identity and location mapping information of the terminal, perform location registration (also referred to as location registration) to the location server, and query location information of the terminal, and implement routing and forwarding of data packets. .
  • the location information assigned by the access gateway points to the access gateway, that is, the address information of the access gateway, and the location information is used as the destination address of the data packet, and the data packet is routed to the access gateway.
  • the location server is configured to process registration, logout, and query of terminal location information, and save and maintain identity information and location information mapping information of the home user terminal.
  • the access gateway receives the uplink data packet to encapsulate and forward the location information.
  • the location information of the communication peer is locally queried, for example, the location information of the communication peer is used as the destination address, and the location information of the terminal is used as the source address in the data packet including the terminal identifier and the communication peer identifier.
  • the generalized forwarding plane forwards to the access gateway of the communication peer access. If the query is not available, the location information of the communication peer is queried to the home location server of the communication peer and stored locally.
  • the location information of the terminal may be encapsulated in the packet, and then forwarded to the generalized forwarding plane through the mapping forwarding plane, or after the location information of the communication peer end is queried, the access gateway may query the local query as described above. Location information encapsulation and forwarding processing is performed in the manner of communicating the location information of the opposite end. In the downlink direction, after receiving the data packet sent by the generalized forwarding plane, the access gateway encapsulates the solution location information, strips the location information, and sends the location information to the terminal.
  • the access gateway needs to allocate location information to the terminal when the terminal accesses, and register the location information to the location server to update the terminal server. Location information.
  • the access gateway also needs to maintain the identity and location information mapping information of the terminal and its communication peer to implement the encapsulation of the location information of the packet.
  • the access gateway maintains the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer for each terminal, which is referred to herein as the peer information of the terminal, and the peer information includes the correspondence between the terminal identifier and the communication peer identifier.
  • the information may also include the identifier and location information mapping information of the terminal.
  • the access gateway uniformly maintains the identity and location information mapping information of the communication peers of all terminals.
  • the access gateway may separately maintain the identity and location information mapping information of all communication peers of the terminal, including the peer information of the terminal.
  • the peer information is maintained.
  • the access gateway on the side of the terminal can determine which communication peers the terminal has, so that the terminal can access the new location information of the terminal to the access gateway accessed by the communication peer.
  • Location update After the access gateway accessing the communication peer is updated, the data packet sent by the communication peer can be directly routed to the access gateway to which the terminal switches.
  • the terminal can have multiple connections at the same time (as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3 and FIG. 4), there may be multiple access gateways that allocate multiple location information for the terminal.
  • the location server When the terminal identifier corresponds to multiple location information, the connection considers the characteristics of the application or service flow in the process of establishing, and has related attributes such as service quality and charging, and only allows the corresponding application or service flow to be transmitted.
  • the policy server stores policy information related to the application, or service, or connection, or location.
  • the information may be related to the terminal identifier (ie, the terminal-based policy), or may be independent of the terminal identifier, and provide the location of the terminal according to the application, or service, or connection, or location feature, or terminal identifier when the peer sends data to the terminal. Reference, route with the location server and find the correct location information for the corresponding data stream.
  • the Policy Server can be connected to the Location Server and/or Access Gateway as shown in Figure 2, Figure 3 and Figure 4 in the communication network.
  • the data transmission path has been modified due to load sharing, signal strength, user wishes, network planning, operation and maintenance, etc., causing users or networks to migrate or switch certain data flows between access gateways.
  • the peer access gateway still routes the data to the access gateway before migration or handover, so that the data transmission path cannot be connected or the data transmission quality cannot be guaranteed.
  • the logical architecture of the PMIP protocol including the Mobile Node (MN), the Correspondent Node (CN), and the mobile. Access Gateway (MAG) and Local Mobility Anchor (LMA).
  • the CN can be a fixed node or a mobile node, that is, it has a corresponding MAG and LMA.
  • the MAG is the first hop router of the MN, and its main functions include assigning a Care of Address (CoA) to the MN when accessing it, and performing PMIP Binding (MMIP Binding) with the MN's anchor LMA instead of the MN. .
  • CoA Care of Address
  • MMIP Binding PMIP Binding
  • the LMA's main functions include assigning the Home of Address (HoA) and handling the above PMIP binding.
  • the main purpose of the PMIP binding performed between the MAG and the LMA is to let both parties know the address of the other party, the above CoA and HoA, and save it locally.
  • a bidirectional tunnel is established between the MAG and the LMA for the MN.
  • the IP address finally obtained by the MN is the HoA assigned by the LMA.
  • the MAG is generally located at a lower topology, such as at the edge of a metropolitan area network; and the LMA is generally located at a higher topology, such as the core of the provincial backbone.
  • the MAG and the LMA are often connected by a multi-hop router.
  • the mobility management of the PMIP protocol is reflected in the fact that the MN's mobility can change the currently connected MAG while keeping the MN's IP address (ie HoA) unchanged.
  • changing the MAG of the current connection means changing/switching the connection to the target MAG ( tMAG, target MAG ) from the previously connected source MAG ( sMAG, source MAG ).
  • tMAG assigns a new CoA to the MN, and performs PMIP binding with the MN's anchor LMA for the MN, updating the information saved by the two parties mentioned above, and the t-MAG and LMA.
  • a new two-way tunnel is established for the MN.
  • Figure 5b shows the process of sending and receiving IP 4 messages between MN and CN.
  • the IP data packet between the MN and the CN must pass through the tunnel between the sMAG and the LMA before the switchover. After the switchover, the tunnel must pass through the tunnel between the tMAG and the LMA.
  • Figure 5c shows the modified PMIP protocol architecture.
  • the modified PMIP protocol architecture contains the network elements of the mobile node MN, the communication peer CN, the mobile access gateway MAG, and the mapping server. Server, MAPS).
  • the modified PMIP protocol architecture no longer has LMA network elements.
  • the CN can be a fixed node or a mobile node, that is, There are corresponding MAG and MAPS.
  • the MAG is the first hop router of the MN. Its main function is to allocate the care-of address CoA for the MN in the existing PMIP architecture, and to perform PMIP binding with the MAP of the MN instead of the MN.
  • the MAPS queries to obtain a bidirectional tunnel between the current CN of the communication peer CN and the MAG of the CN, and forward the IP data packet between the MN and the CN.
  • MAPS retains the LMA function to handle MN registration, logout and update functions, assigns HNP (Home Network Prefix) function, and establishes and maintains Binding Cache Entry (BCE) function, but not as MN.
  • the anchor the IP data packet between the MN and the CN, does not need to go through the MAPS.
  • the MAPS needs to save the current MAG-MN address and/or the MN's CoA, and use the MN as an index, for example, the MN's HoA or the MN's HNP.
  • the MAG of the communication partner CN or CN of the MN is queried according to the relevant information of the MN.
  • Figure 5d shows the process of transmitting and receiving IP 4 messages between the UI and the CN when applying the modified PMIP architecture.
  • the IP data packet between the MN and the CN needs to pass through the tunnel between the MAG-MN and the MAG-CN.
  • the MN sends an uplink IP packet to the CN, it is consistent with the existing PMIP mechanism, and the MN needs to send the IP packet to the MAG-MN.
  • the MAG-MN needs to query the address of the MAG-CN.
  • the MAG-MN After querying the address of the MAG-CN (such as the IP address of the MAG-CN), the MAG-MN uses the address of the MAG-CN as the destination to establish a tunnel from the MAG-MN to the MAG-CN (for example, an IP in IP tunnel). At the same time, the above IP packet is placed in the tunnel and sent directly to the MAG-CN. After receiving the IP packet from the tunnel, the MAG-CN sends an IP packet to the CN. It should be noted that the MAG-MN can also query the CoA of the CN, and replace the address of the MAG-CN with the CoA address of the CN, and can achieve the same purpose.
  • the MAG-MN uses the CoA as the end point and establishes the tunnel of the MAG-MN to the MAG-CN, and the effect is equivalent. It is also worth noting that when the MAG-MN queries the address of the MAG-CN (or the CoA of the CN), it first queries the local cache, and if it does not query, it can query other network elements. For example, the anchor point LMA (LMA-CN) of the CN can be queried according to the HoA of the CN. After querying the desired result, MAG-MN caches the query results locally. The advantage of caching the query results locally is that it can avoid frequent logins to other network elements.
  • LMA-CN anchor point LMA
  • CN to MN When sending a downlink IP packet, the same method as above is used. The principle is the same and will not be described again. With this method, the path between the MN and the CN to transmit and receive IP 4 ⁇ ⁇ becomes the MAG ⁇ ->CN of the MAG ⁇ ->CN of the MN ⁇ ->MN, without the anchor point LMA network of the MN (or MN and CN) yuan.
  • the same terminal performs data flow location information change in multiple access gateways, and the peer cannot obtain the correct access gateway. The problem.
  • the present invention provides a method and a system for managing a policy in a flow movement, so as to solve the problem that the remote terminal cannot learn the correct location information of the terminal and the packet transmission is abnormal when there are multiple access gateways.
  • the present invention provides a policy management method in a flow movement.
  • the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, the terminal sends the modified flow selection policy to the network side.
  • the network side sends the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the network side uses the modified flow selection policy Sent to the policy server.
  • the invention also provides a policy management system in flow mobility, comprising a network side and a policy server, wherein:
  • the network side is configured to: when the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, receive the modified flow selection policy sent by the terminal; and send the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or When the flow selection policy based on the terminal exists on the policy server, the modified flow selection policy is sent to the policy server.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method and a system for managing a policy in a flow movement.
  • the peer end learns the correct location information of the terminal to implement message transmission.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication network connection in the prior art
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a multi-connection of a communication network in the prior art
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram 2 of a multi-connection of a communication network in the prior art
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram 3 of a multi-connection of a communication network in the prior art
  • Figure 5a is a logical architecture of a PMIP protocol in the prior art
  • FIG. 5b is a schematic diagram of a process of transmitting and receiving IP packets between a MN and a CN in the prior art
  • FIG. 5c is a schematic diagram of a modified PMIP protocol in the prior art
  • FIG. 5d is a schematic diagram of a process of transmitting and receiving IP documents between a MN and a CN when applying the modified PMIP architecture in the prior art
  • Embodiment 6 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a method for registering a terminal of the present invention
  • Embodiment 7 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for registering a terminal of the present invention
  • Embodiment 8 is a flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a stream migration method according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 4 of the flow migration method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of Embodiment 6 of the stream migration method of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a flow chart in which the policy server initiates policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer;
  • FIG. 14 is a flow chart of the MAPS-MN initiating policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifying the update peer;
  • Figure 15 is a flow chart in which the MAG1-MN initiates policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer;
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the MAG1-MN notifying the MAPS-MN to initiate policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifying the update peer. Preferred embodiment of the invention
  • the CN is a communication peer node of the MN, and the CN may have multiple.
  • MAG1-MN refers to the MAG that the MN accesses through interface 1, and the proxy care-of address assigned by the MAG to the MN is Co Al.
  • the MAG2-MN refers to the MAG that the MN accesses through the interface 2, and the proxy care-of address assigned by the MAG to the MN is CoA2.
  • MAGI-MN and MAG2-MN may be located in different access networks or in the same access network.
  • MAG-CN1 refers to the MAG currently accessed by CN1, and the proxy transfer address assigned by CNG to CN1 is CoA3.
  • MAG-CN2 refers to the MAG currently accessed by CN2, and the proxy transfer address assigned by CNG to CN2 is CoA4.
  • the MAPS-MN refers to the MAPS accessed by the MN.
  • the home network prefix assigned by the MAPS to the MN is HNP1
  • the home address obtained by the MN according to the HNP1 configuration is HoAl.
  • the MAPS-CN refers to the MAPS accessed by the CN.
  • the home network prefix assigned by the MAPS to the CN is HNP3, and the home address obtained by the CN according to the HNP3 configuration is HoA3.
  • the meaning of multiple access means that the MN may have different connections at the same time, and the connections may be established at different access networks at the same time, or may be established at the same time in the same access network. Different connections.
  • the flow selection policy may be one or more of the following: access type, priority, network name, PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) ID, QoS parameters, charging information, and communication peer information.
  • the network name may be an APN (Access Point Name), a domain name/identity, a PDN (Packet Data Network) name/identity.
  • the QoS parameter may be a QCI (QoS Class Identifier).
  • the billing information can be a rate or a tariff level.
  • the communication peer information can be the communication peer identifier, port, and address.
  • the flow selection policy may refer to the information of the terminal network or the peer network. If it is the information of the terminal network, it has a corresponding relationship with the peer network.
  • the location server can be MAPS, ILR (Identity Location Register), LMA, HA (Home Agent, Home Agent).
  • the location information may be an access gateway address/identity, or an IP address assigned by the access gateway, or an RID, or a location identifier, or a CoA.
  • the identity of the terminal can be AID, IMSI, NAI (Network Access Identifier), HNP, ID, IP address.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a policy management method in flow movement, which includes:
  • the terminal When the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, the terminal sends the modified flow selection policy to the network side;
  • the network side sends the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the network side uses the modified flow selection policy Sent to the policy server.
  • the policy server After the policy server receives the modified flow selection policy, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the policy server updates and updates according to the modified flow selection policy. a flow selection policy related to the terminal; when the flow selection policy based on the terminal does not exist on the policy server, the policy server uses the modified flow selection policy as a new flow selection policy of the terminal .
  • the terminal sends a flow migration indication message to the source access gateway or the target access gateway of the migrating flow of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy;
  • the location server sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carries the modified flow selection policy.
  • a migration stream is a stream in which a stream migration or handover occurs.
  • the terminal sends a flow migration indication message to the source access gateway or the target access gateway of the migrating flow of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy;
  • the source access gateway or the target access gateway sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carries the modified flow selection policy.
  • the location server may be further updated.
  • the source access gateway or the target access gateway sends a flow migration indication message to the location server of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified Stream selection strategy.
  • the location server after receiving the modified flow selection policy, updates the local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy.
  • the location server When the terminal registers with the location server, the location server obtains the connection information or the flow selection policy from the policy server, and establishes a registration information table of the terminal, where the registration information table of the terminal includes the identity identifier of the terminal, Mapping relationship between interface information and connection attributes currently accessed by the terminal;
  • the identity information that is allocated by the location server to the terminal is sent to the terminal.
  • the location server After receiving the modified flow selection policy, the location server modifies the registration information table of the terminal, and modifies the mapping relationship between the terminal identifier, the source interface information and the connection attribute of the migration flow to the terminal identifier and the migration flow. The mapping relationship between the target interface information and the connection properties.
  • An embodiment of the present invention further provides a policy management system in a flow mobility, including a network side and a policy server, where:
  • the network side is configured to: when the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, receive a modified flow selection policy sent by the terminal;
  • the policy server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, when there is a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the modified flow selection policy is updated according to the modified a terminal-related flow selection policy; when there is no base on the policy server When the flow selection policy of the terminal is used, the modified flow selection policy is used as a new flow selection policy of the terminal.
  • the network side includes a source access gateway or a target access gateway, and the location server: the source access gateway or the target access gateway is configured to: receive a flow migration indication message sent by the terminal, and send the flow migration indication Transmitting, by the message, the modified flow selection policy, and forwarding the flow migration indication message to a location server of the terminal;
  • the location server is configured to: send a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carry the modified flow selection policy. Further, the location server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, update the local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy.
  • the network side includes a source access gateway or a target access gateway, where:
  • the source access gateway or the target access gateway is configured to: receive a flow migration indication message sent by the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; and send a policy modification request message to the policy server Carrying the modified stream selection policy.
  • system further includes a location server, where:
  • the source access gateway or the target access gateway is further configured to: send a flow migration indication message to a location server of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; And updating a local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy.
  • the location server is further configured to: when the terminal registers by using the access gateway, obtain a connection information or a flow selection policy from the policy server, and establish a registration information table of the terminal, where the registration information table of the terminal includes a mapping relationship between the terminal identity of the terminal, the interface information currently accessed by the terminal, and the connection attribute; and returning, to the access gateway, identity information that is allocated by the location server to the terminal, the access gateway Sending the identity information of the terminal, or sending the identity information of the terminal and the location information allocated by the access gateway to the terminal to the terminal.
  • the location server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, modify the registration information table of the terminal, and set the terminal identity, the source interface information, and the connection attribute of the migration flow.
  • the mapping relationship is modified to the terminal identity, the target interface information of the migration flow, and the mapping relationship of the connection attributes.
  • the following embodiment uses the location server as the MAPS as an example to describe the policy management method in the flow mobility, but all the embodiments are not limited to the MAPS, and are applicable to the scenario where the location server is another network element (ILR, LMA, HA).
  • the location server is another network element (ILR, LMA, HA).
  • FIG. 6 is a first embodiment of the terminal registration of the present invention.
  • the present embodiment is applicable to the MAPS-MN interacting with the policy server to obtain the connection attribute when the MN is registered. Specifically, the following steps are included:
  • Step 601 After the MN accesses the PMIPv6 domain through the attach process, the MN sends a route request (RS, Router Solicitation) message to the MAG1-MN through the interface 1. This step is optional.
  • RS Router Solicitation
  • Step 602 The MAG1-MN is triggered by the step 601, or the mobile network is triggered during the access process, and the MAG1-MN sends a Proxy Binding Update (PBU) message to the MAPS-MN, instead of registering with the MASS-MN.
  • the message carries the MN identity (MN ID), the proxy broadcast address CoAl assigned by the MAG1-MN to the MN, and interface information.
  • the address of the MAG1-MN is also sent to the MAPS-MN in this message.
  • the interface information is information that can uniquely identify the interface used by the connection, and includes at least one of the following information: linklocal (local link) address of the terminal interface, MAC address of the MAG, CoA, interface identifier of the terminal, and MAC address of the terminal interface. address.
  • the interface information in the present invention has this meaning.
  • the interface information is at least one of the following information: a link local address of the terminal interface 1, a MAC address of the MAG1-MN, a CoAl, an interface 1 identifier of the terminal, and a MAC address of the terminal interface 1.
  • Step 603 The MAPS-MN receives the PBU message, allocates a home network prefix (HNP1) for the MN, and establishes/updates the BCE.
  • the MAPS-MN sends a connection attribute query request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the connection information, and optionally carries HNP1.
  • the connection information refers to specific information that can identify the connection being established, such as: CoA (this In the embodiment, it is a CoAl), a MAG address (in this embodiment, a MAG1-MN address), QoS information, charging information, priority, access network type, network name, PLMN ID, and communication peer information.
  • the network name can be APN, domain name/identity, PDN name/identity.
  • the QoS parameter can be QCI.
  • the billing information may be a rate or a tariff level.
  • the communication peer information can be the communication peer identifier, port, and address.
  • the connection information in the embodiment of the present invention has this meaning.
  • connection attribute query request message is to query the policy server for the attribute of the connection, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names, as long as the message The above functions can be realized.
  • Step 604 After receiving the connection attribute query request message, the policy server determines the connection attribute according to the connection information carried in the message and the policy information stored in the message. If the parameter is carried in step 603, the policy server saves the port and may Query the ⁇ -based policy with ⁇ as the index.
  • the connection attribute refers to the category information that identifies a certain type of connection. Such as: QoS level, high/low rate, QoS parameters, charging information, access network name, priority, access network type, network name, PLMN ID.
  • the network name can be APN, Domain Name/Identity, PDN Name/Identity.
  • the QoS parameter can be QCI.
  • the billing information can be a rate or a tariff level.
  • connection information used in the MAPS-MN query is CoAl
  • policy on the policy server is the connection using the CoA in the range 1 with a QoS level of level 2.
  • the policy server finds that CoAl is in range 1, so it determines that the connection property of the connection is level 2.
  • Step 605 the policy server returns the connection attribute to the connection attribute query response message.
  • connection attribute query response message is a connection attribute query request message in response to step 603, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or may be implemented by tampering with an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message is implemented.
  • the above functions can be used.
  • Step 606 After receiving the connection attribute query response message, the MAPS-MN saves the connection attribute, and establishes a registration information table, where the content of the table includes: MN ID-HNP-interface information-connection attribute.
  • Step 607 The MAPS-MN returns a proxy binding confirmation to the MAG1-MN (PBA, Proxy) Binding Ack) message.
  • the message carries the HNP1 assigned by the MAPS-MN to the MN.
  • Step 608 The MAG1-MN returns a RA (Router Advertisement Advertisement) message to the MN. After receiving the router advertisement message, the MN performs address configuration to obtain the home address HoAl originating from the home network prefix HNP1. If the interface information is CoA in step 602, the CoAl assigned by the MAG1-MN to the MN needs to be carried in the RA message.
  • RA Raster Advertisement Advertisement
  • FIG. 7 is a second embodiment of the terminal registration of the present invention.
  • the present embodiment is applicable to the MAPS-MN interacting with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy, and determining the connection attribute according to the flow selection policy. Specifically, it includes the following steps:
  • Steps 701 and 702 are the same as steps 601 and 602.
  • Step 703 The MAPS-MN receives the PBU message, allocates a home network prefix (HNP1) for the MN, and establishes/updates the BCE.
  • HNP1 home network prefix
  • the policy request message is sent to the policy server, and the message carries the MN ID, optionally carrying HNP1.
  • the message carries the MN ID, optionally carrying HNP1.
  • the purpose of the policy request message is to request the user's flow selection policy from the policy server, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message.
  • the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above function. can.
  • Step 704 After receiving the policy request message, the policy server carries the user's flow selection policy in the policy response message, and returns the message to the MAPS-MN. If the HNP is carried in step 703, the policy server saves the HNP, and can query the MN-based policy by using the HNP as an index.
  • the policy response message is a response message to the policy request message in step 703, and may be implemented by adding a new message, or may be implemented by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above function. .
  • Step 705 The MAPS-MN determines the connection attribute according to the obtained flow selection policy and the connection information.
  • Step 706 The MAPS-MN saves the connection attribute, and establishes a registration information table of the MN.
  • the content of the table includes: MN ID-HNP-interface information-connection attribute.
  • Steps 707, 708 are the same as steps 607 and 608.
  • the connection already exists on the MAPS-MN.
  • the peer MAG queries the location information of the terminal.
  • the MAPS-MN can directly return the MAG address of the MN's CoA or MN to the peer MAG according to the locally stored registration information table, and no longer needs to query the policy server every time.
  • the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MN ID-HNP-interface information, and there is no connection attribute.
  • the MAPS-MN/MAG1-MN informs the communication peer that the MAG-CN is updated and needs to carry the connection attribute
  • the MAPS-MN/MAG1-MN can obtain the connection attribute from the modified flow selection policy sent by the terminal.
  • FIG. 8 is a third embodiment of the flow migration according to the present invention.
  • the embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG1-MN performs flow migration, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:
  • Step 801 The multi-access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.
  • Step 802 the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1.
  • the data message of MN and CN1 is MN MAGl-MN MAG-CN1 CN2 as shown in this step.
  • Step 803 The MN performs data communication with CN2 on the interface 2.
  • the data message of MN and CN2 is MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2 as shown in this step.
  • Step 804 The MN considers to migrate the MAG1-MN stream to the MAG2-MN (that is, the stream on the interface 1 is migrated to the interface 2) based on its own situation (such as the signal strength, the rate, and the like).
  • the MN initiates a flow migration, which means that the MN/user selects an interface/routing strategy for the service flow (hereinafter referred to as a flow selection policy in the present invention), and the MN re-forms the flow selection policy and saves or updates the locally.
  • a flow selection policy in the present invention
  • Step 805 The MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAG1-MN to instruct the MAG1-MN to perform flow migration.
  • the message needs to carry the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy. It also optionally carries source interface information and stream information that needs to be migrated.
  • the target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.
  • the modified flow selection policy refers to the flow selection policy formulated by the MN in step 804.
  • the source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. .
  • linklocal address of terminal interface 1 MAC address of MAG1, CoAl
  • interface identifier of terminal interface 1 MAC address of terminal interface 1.
  • the flow information to be migrated refers to the information about the flow that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. You need to carry this information when you need to migrate individual flows on the interface. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.
  • the purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message.
  • the name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.
  • Step 806 The MAG1-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN.
  • the message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy, and optionally carry the source interface information and the flow information to be migrated.
  • MN ID MN identity
  • the communication peer table of the MN that is, the HoA or HNP or ID of all peers communicating with the MN.
  • Step 807 an optional step.
  • the MN initiates a flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed.
  • the policy needs to be updated, and this step is performed.
  • the MAPS-MN updates the local terminal-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy carried in the message.
  • Steps 808, 809 the MAPS-MN notifies the policy server to modify the flow selection policy.
  • the MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the policy server updates the flow selection policy related to the MN by using the modified flow selection policy carried in the message, and there is no MN-based on the policy server.
  • Policy server uses messages when streaming a selection policy
  • the modified flow selection policy carried in the new MN adds a flow selection policy.
  • the Policy Server returns a policy tamper response message.
  • the MAPS-MN needs to perform this step only when there is a MN-based flow selection policy on the policy server, that is, the policy modification request message is sent.
  • the purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the policy server to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message is implemented.
  • the above functions are all.
  • the purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .
  • Step 810 an optional step.
  • the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step.
  • MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1.
  • This step can be performed after step 806, without waiting for step 809 to complete before executing.
  • Step 811 The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute.
  • the address mapping refers to the mapping between the MN's HNP and the MAG-MN address, or the MN's HNP and CoA.
  • the MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection
  • the communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG
  • the address that is, the MAG1-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.
  • the purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN.
  • the name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.
  • the MAPS-MN does not obtain a flow selection policy or a connection attribute from the policy server when the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MNID-HNP-interface information, and no connection attribute exists. . Then, the MAPS-MN can obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal.
  • Step 812 After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. ⁇ Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message.
  • the purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 812, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 813 The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG1-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 806.
  • the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • This step can be performed after completing 810, without waiting for step 812 to complete.
  • Step 814 The MAG1-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 805.
  • the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 815 after the stream migration is completed, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on the interface 2.
  • the data message of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CNl oCNl.
  • the policy modification request may also be sent by the MAGI-MN to the policy server.
  • the sending mode is similar to the MAPS-MN. It can be divided into two modes, which are not mentioned here.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow selection policy caused by the flow migration.
  • the update process of the address mapping relationship When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.)
  • the flow migration indication message in step 805 can be changed to a more handover request message.
  • FIG. 9 is a flow migration embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • the embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG1-MN performs flow migration, and the MAG1-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:
  • Steps 901-905 the same steps 801-805.
  • Step 906 the same as step 806, except that the communication pair indication table does not need to carry the communication peer table of the MN.
  • Steps 907-910 the same steps as 807-810.
  • Step 911 The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG1-MN.
  • MAG2-MN is the CoA2 or MAG2-MN address assigned by the MN, and the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the interface information in step 905 is a CoA or MAG address
  • the address of the CoA2 or MAG2-MN does not need to be carried. Otherwise, the CoA2 or MAG2-MN address needs to be sent to the MAPS-MN.
  • the MAPS-MN does not obtain the flow selection policy or the connection attribute from the policy server when the MN registers with the MAPS-MN
  • the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MNID-HNP-interface information, and there is no connection attribute.
  • the connection attribute may not be carried, or the MAPS-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step, and carry it in the message.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 906.
  • the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 912 the same step 814.
  • Step 913 The MAG1-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute.
  • the address mapping refers to the HNP and MAG-MN address mapping of the MN or HNP and CoA. Mapping.
  • the MAGI-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN's CoA according to the CN, and then to the MAG-CN (the MAG referred to in this embodiment).
  • -CN1) Sends a CoA update message carrying the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie MAG1-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie CoA2) , also carries the connection properties of the migration stream.
  • the MAG1-MN obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN.
  • the source MAG address ie, the MAGI-MN address
  • the source CoA ie, CoAl
  • the target MAG address ie, the MAG2-MN address
  • the target CoA ie, CoA2
  • the CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.
  • the MAG1-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step.
  • the purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN.
  • the name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.
  • Step 914 After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and attributes in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message.
  • the purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 913, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • steps 913 and 914 are executed after step 906, and need not wait until step 911 is completed.
  • Step 915 the same step 815.
  • the policy modification request may also be sent by the MAGI MN to the policy server.
  • Send The mode is similar to the MAPS-MN class and can be divided into two ways, which are not described here.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.)
  • the flow of this embodiment can still be used.
  • step 905 may be a handover request message.
  • FIG. 10 is a flow migration embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • the embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG2-MN performs flow migration, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:
  • Steps 1001-1004 the same steps as 801-804.
  • Step 1005 The MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAG2-MN to instruct the MAG2-MN to perform flow migration.
  • the source interface information and the modified flow selection policy need to be carried in the message. It also optionally carries the target interface information and the flow information that needs to be migrated.
  • the target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.
  • the target interface information may not be carried, otherwise the field must be carried in the message.
  • the modified flow selection policy refers to the flow selection policy formulated by the MN in step 1004.
  • the source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. .
  • the flow information to be migrated refers to the information about the flow that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. You need to carry this information when you need to migrate individual flows on the interface. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.
  • the purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names as long as the message implements the above functions.
  • Step 1006 The MAG2-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN.
  • the message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.
  • Steps 1007-1010 the same steps as 807-810.
  • Step 1011 The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG2-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1006, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1012 The MAG2-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1005, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Steps 1013 and 1014 are optional steps. When the communication peer table is maintained by the MAG, these two steps need to be performed.
  • the MAPS-MN sends a communication peer acquisition request message to the MAGI-MN, where the message carries the MN ID or the HNP1 of the MN.
  • the MAG1-MN includes all the communication peers of the locally maintained MN in the communication peer acquisition response message and returns it to the MAPS-MN.
  • Steps 1013 and 1014 can be performed after step 1006.
  • the purpose of obtaining the request message by the communication peer is to obtain the communication peer of the MN from the MAG, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above
  • the function is OK.
  • the purpose of obtaining the response message by the communication peer is to respond to the communication request message, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message.
  • the name of the message may be other names, as long as the name The message implements the above functions.
  • Steps 1015 and 1016 are the same as steps 811 and 812. When the communication peer table is maintained by the MAPS, these two steps can be performed after step 1006. When the communication peer table is maintained by the MAG, the two steps need to be executed after steps 1013 and 1014 are completed.
  • Step 1017 the same step 815.
  • the policy modification request may also be sent by the MAG2 MN to the policy server.
  • Send The mode is similar to the MAPS-MN class and can be divided into two ways, which are not described here.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.)
  • the flow of this embodiment can still be used.
  • step 1005 may be a handover request message.
  • FIG. 11 is a flow migration embodiment 6 of the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG2-MN performs flow migration, and the MAG1-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:
  • Steps 1101-1112 the same steps as 1001-1012.
  • Step 1113 The MAPS-MN sends an update peer indication message to the MAG1-MN, where the message carries the MN ID or the HNP1 of the MN, the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and carries the migration.
  • the connection properties of the stream ie, the MAG2-MN address
  • the target CoA ie, CoA2
  • the MAPS-MN does not obtain a flow selection policy or a connection attribute from the policy server when the MN registers with the MAPS-MN
  • the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MNID-HNP-interface information, and no connection attribute exists.
  • the connection attribute may not be carried, or the MAPS-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step, and carry it in the message.
  • Step 1114 The MAGI-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute.
  • the address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.
  • the MAGI-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN's CoA according to the CN, and then to the MAG-CN (the MAG referred to in this embodiment).
  • -CN1) Sends a CoA update message carrying the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie MAG1-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie CoA2) , also carries the connection properties of the migration stream.
  • the MAG1-MN obtains the communication peer CN of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN.
  • the source MAG address that is, the MAG1-MN address
  • the source CoA ie, CoAl
  • the target MAG address ie, the MAG2-MN address
  • the target CoA ie, CoA2
  • the CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.
  • the MAG1-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step.
  • the purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN.
  • the name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.
  • Step 1115 After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally saved MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. ⁇ Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message.
  • the purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1114.
  • the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1116 the MAG1-MN returns an update peer response message to the MAPS-MN.
  • the purpose of updating the peer response message is to respond to the update peer indication message of step 1113.
  • the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1117 the same as step 1017.
  • the update of the policy server in this embodiment may also be initiated by the MAG2-MN without the MAPS MN performing (ie, in steps 1108, I, 09, and the MAPS MN is changed to MAG2 MN).
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.)
  • step 1105 may be a handover request message.
  • FIG. 12 is a flow migration embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG1-MN performs flow migration, and the MAG1-MN updates the policy server and notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:
  • Steps 1201-1205 the same steps as 801-805.
  • the MAG1-MN notifies the policy server to modify the flow selection policy.
  • the MAGI-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the policy server updates the flow selection policy related to the MN by using the modified flow selection policy carried in the message, and there is no MN-based on the policy server.
  • the policy server uses the modified flow selection policy carried in the message to add a flow selection policy to the MN.
  • the policy server returns a policy modification response message.
  • the MAG1-MN needs to perform this step only when there is a MN-based flow selection policy on the policy server, that is, the policy modification request message is sent.
  • the purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the policy server to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message is implemented.
  • the above functions are all.
  • the purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .
  • Steps 1208 and 1209 are the same as steps 913 and 914.
  • the steps 1208 and 1209 may be directly performed. Otherwise, the MAG1-MN needs to obtain the CoA2 or MAG2-MN address allocated by the MAG2-MN to the MN to the MAPS-MN. 1208, 1209.
  • Steps 1210 and 1211 are the same as steps 814 and 815.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • a multiple access terminal switches, that is, when the multiple access terminal is When the movement causes the MAG of an interface to change, or when an interface of a multi-access terminal cannot serve the terminal for some reason (such as a failure, etc.), all the interfaces on which the handover/failure occurs will be required.
  • the flow is all switched to other interfaces of the terminal, and the flow of this embodiment can still be used at this time.
  • step 1205 may be a handover request message.
  • the address mapping and policy update process of the peer MAG may also be initiated by the MAG2-MN or the policy server.
  • the MAG2-MN or the policy server needs to first obtain the communication peer information of the MN in which the flow migration or handover occurs before initiating the update process.
  • the method of updating the peer MAG CN, initiating the policy server update, and initiating the MAPS-MN update may be combined with each other without conflict.
  • Figure 13 is a flow chart based on the system architecture of Figure 2, where the policy server initiates policy modification and is notified by the MAPS-MN to update the peer. The specific steps are described as follows:
  • Step 1301 The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.
  • Step 1302 the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1.
  • the data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl ⁇ CNl.
  • Step 1303 The MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2.
  • the data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2.
  • the policy server changes the flow selection policy based on load sharing, signal strength, user intention, network planning, or operation and maintenance.
  • the policy server sends a policy modification request message to the MAPS-MN, and carries the modified flow selection policy, optionally carrying the MN ID.
  • the MAPS-MN returns a policy modification response message.
  • the purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the related flow selection policy, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message.
  • the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above function. can.
  • the purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message.
  • the message can be implemented by modifying the existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.
  • Step 1307 because the flow selection policy changes (for example, the gateway corresponding to the high QoS level is changed from MAG1 to MAG2), the MAPS-MN checks whether the updated flow selection policy is related to the connection attribute of the MN (for example, whether the MN passes the MAG1 at the same time) After registration with MAG2, a flow migration indication message is sent to MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN.
  • the message carries the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If the flow migration indication message is sent to the MAG1-MN, the MAGI-MN may delete the associated flow or connection attribute.
  • the target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.
  • the source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. .
  • the flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • a specific flow which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • the purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message.
  • the name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.
  • Step 1308 The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the ⁇ .
  • the message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.
  • Step 1309 an optional step.
  • the network initiates the flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed.
  • that is, related to ⁇
  • the policy needs to be updated, and this step is performed.
  • the MAPS-MN updates the local MN-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy carried in step 1304. This step occurs after 1304 and has no sequence with the other steps.
  • Step 1310 an optional step.
  • the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or connection attribute, and then performs this step.
  • MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and modify HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1.
  • This step can be performed after step 1304, and there is no order with other steps.
  • Step 1311 The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute. This step can be performed after step 1304, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the address mapping refers to the mapping between the MN's HNP and the MAG-MN address, or the MN's
  • the MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection
  • the communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.
  • the purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN.
  • the name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.
  • Step 1312 After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, and updates the locally saved MN address mapping table to the HNP1-CoAl (or MAGl-MN address) - The connection attribute is changed to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1311, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1312, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1313 The MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAGI-MN or the MAG2-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1308.
  • the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • This step can be executed after completing 1308, and there is no order with other steps.
  • MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the MAPS-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1307, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1315 After the stream migration is completed, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 2.
  • the data message of MN and CN1 is MN OMAG2-MN ⁇ MAG-CNl ⁇ CNl as shown in this step.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.)
  • all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal.
  • steps 1307 and 1308 may be handover request messages.
  • step 1307, step 1308, step 1313 and step 1314 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.
  • the MAG2-MN directly sends a stream migration indication message to replace step 1307 in FIG.
  • the message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy.
  • MN ID MN identity
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAGI-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute. At the same time, MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the policy server to replace step 1314 in FIG. Steps 1308 and 1313 do not need to be changed.
  • step 1311 and step 1312 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.
  • the policy server After the modified flow selection policy information is obtained by the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN, the policy server notifies the MAG to update the address mapping and the connection attribute of the peer end to replace the above step 1311.
  • MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and modifies the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. For the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute.
  • the MAG-CN1 returns a CoA Update Response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the policy server to replace the above step 1312.
  • the flow selection policy update for each network element has the above multiple methods.
  • various methods can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description.
  • Figure 14 is a flow chart based on the system architecture of Figure 2, where the MAPS-MN initiates policy modification and the MAPS-MN notifies the peer. The specific steps are described as follows:
  • Step 1401 The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.
  • the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1.
  • the data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGI-MN MAG-CNI ⁇ CNl.
  • Step 1403 The MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2.
  • the data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CN2oCN2.
  • Step 1404 The MAPS-MN prepares to initiate a flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 or prepares to modify a flow selection policy based on load sharing, signal strength, user intention, network planning, or operation and maintenance.
  • Step 1405 and step 1406 the MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the Policy Server updates the MN-related flow selection policy and returns a policy modification response message. This step occurs after 1404, and there are no other steps in the other steps.
  • the purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above
  • the function is OK.
  • the purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .
  • Step 1407 The MAPS-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN because the flow selection policy changes (for example, the gateway corresponding to the high QoS level is changed from MAG1 to MAG2).
  • the message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy, optionally carrying the source interface information and the flow information to be migrated. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAG1-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute. This step occurs after 1404, in no order with the other steps.
  • the target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.
  • the source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, and terminal interface 1
  • the interface identifier the MAC address of the terminal interface 1.
  • the flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • a specific flow which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • the purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message.
  • the name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.
  • Step 1408 The MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the UI.
  • the message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.
  • Step 1409 an optional step.
  • the network initiates the flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed.
  • that is, related to the MA
  • the policy needs to be updated and this step is performed.
  • the MAPS-MN updates the local terminal-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy in step 1404. This step occurs after 1404 and has no prior sequence with the other steps.
  • Step 1410 an optional step.
  • the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step.
  • MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1. This step can be performed after step 1404, and there is no order for other steps.
  • Step 1411 The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the peer end of the address mapping and connection attributes. This step can be performed after step 1404, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.
  • the MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Send to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 referred to in this embodiment) CoA update message, the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie CoA2), and also carries The connection property of the migration stream.
  • the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie CoA2), and also carries The connection property of the migration stream.
  • the communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.
  • the purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN.
  • the name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.
  • Step 1412 After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. ⁇ Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1411, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1412, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1413 The MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1408, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • This step can be performed after completing 1408, and there is no order with other steps.
  • step 1414 the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the MAPS-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1407, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1415 After the flow migration is completed, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on the interface 2.
  • MN The data message with CN1 is MN oMAG2-MN oMAG-CNl oCNl as shown in this step.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.)
  • all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal.
  • the flow of this embodiment can still be used.
  • steps 1407 and 1408 may be handover request messages.
  • step 1407, step 1408, step 1413 and step 1414 are performed after the MAPS-MN decides to modify the stream selection policy.
  • the policy server may directly send a flow migration indication message to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN to replace the step 1407 in FIG.
  • the message carries the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy.
  • MN ID MN identifier
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAGI-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute. At the same time, MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the policy server to replace step 1414 in FIG. Steps 1408 and 1413 do not need to be changed.
  • steps 1411 and 1412 are performed after the MAPS-MN decides to make a stream selection policy modification.
  • Update MAG-CN Method 2
  • the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN or the policy server After obtaining the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN or the policy server notifies the MAG update address mapping and connection attribute of the opposite end to replace the above step 1411.
  • the MAG-CN After receiving the message, the MAG-CN obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, and updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN) Address) -
  • the connection attribute is modified to HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) - connection attribute.
  • MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the policy server to replace step 1412 above.
  • step 1405 and step 1406 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.
  • the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN After obtaining the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the policy server updates the flow selection policy associated with the MN and returns a policy modification response message to replace step 1405 and step 1406 above.
  • the network side After the network side decides to change the flow selection policy, it needs to perform policy update on the terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN respectively, and perform flow selection on each network element (terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN).
  • the policy update has the above multiple manners. In the update, various modes can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description.
  • the operation of the flow selection policy update may not be performed on the policy server.
  • Figure 15 is a scenario based on the system architecture of Figure 2, MAG1-MN initiates policy modification, by
  • the MAPS-MN notifies the flow chart of updating the peer. The specific steps are described as follows:
  • Step 1501 The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.
  • Step 1502 the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1.
  • the data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl CNl.
  • Step 1503 the MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2.
  • the data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CN2oCN2.
  • Step 1504 MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN prepares to initiate a flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 or prepares to modify a flow selection policy based on load sharing, signal strength, user intention, network planning, or operation and maintenance.
  • Step 1504a MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN.
  • the message needs to carry the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.
  • it is optional to carry the communication peer table of the MN (that is, all HoA or HNP or ID of the peer that communicates with the MN).
  • the information may not be carried, otherwise the field must be carried.
  • Steps 1505 - 1506 the MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the Policy Server updates the MN-related flow selection policy and returns a policy modification response message. This step occurs after 1504, in no order with the other steps.
  • the purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the name
  • the message implements the above functions.
  • the purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .
  • Step 1508 an optional step.
  • the network initiates the flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed.
  • the policy needs to be updated, and this step is performed.
  • the MAPS-MN updates the local terminal-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy in step 1504a. This step occurs after 1504a, in no order with the other steps.
  • Step 1509 an optional step.
  • the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step.
  • MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1. This step can be performed after step 1504a, instead His steps are in no order.
  • Step 1510 The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the peer end of the address mapping and connection attributes. This step can be performed after step 1504a, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.
  • the MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection
  • the communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.
  • the purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN.
  • the name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.
  • Step 1511 After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. ⁇ Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1510, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1511, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1512 The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response to the MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN. Interest.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1504a, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • This step can be performed after completing 1504a, and there is no order with other steps.
  • Step 1513 The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MN.
  • the message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.
  • This step can be performed after completing 1504, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.
  • the source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. .
  • the flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • a specific flow which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • the purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MN to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message.
  • the name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.
  • step 1514 the flow migration response message is returned to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1513, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions. This step can be performed after completing 1513, and there is no order with other steps.
  • step 1515 after the stream migration is completed, data communication with CN1 is performed on interface 2. ⁇
  • the data message with CN1 is MN MAG2-MN MAG-CNl CNl as shown in this step.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • multiple access terminals switch that is, when multiple access terminals are When the movement causes the MAG of an interface to change, or when an interface of the multiple access terminal cannot serve the terminal for some reason (such as a failure, etc.), it needs to be on the interface where the handover/failure occurs. All the flows are switched to other interfaces of the terminal, and the flow of this embodiment can still be used at this time.
  • steps 1504a and 1513 may be handover request messages.
  • step 1504a and step 1512 are performed after MAG1-MN decides to modify the stream selection policy.
  • the policy server may directly send a policy modification request message to the MAPS-MN, and carry the modified flow selection policy, optionally with the MN ID.
  • the MAPS-MN returns a policy modification response message to replace steps 1504a and 1512 in FIG.
  • the method for obtaining the new flow selection policy by the policy server may be: MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • step 1510 and step 1511 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.
  • the MAG of the opposite end is notified to update the address mapping and the connection attribute to replace the above step 1510.
  • the MAG-CN obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute.
  • the MAG-CN1 returns a CoA Update Response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the Policy Server to replace the above step 1511.
  • step 1505 and step 1506 are performed after the MAPS-MN acquires the modified stream selection policy.
  • the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN After the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN decides to modify the flow selection policy, it sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the policy server updates the flow selection policy associated with the MN and returns a policy modification response message to replace step 1505 and step 1506 above.
  • the network side After the network side decides to change the flow selection policy, it needs to perform policy update on the terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN respectively, and perform flow selection on each network element (terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN).
  • the policy update has the above multiple manners. In the update, various modes can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description.
  • the operation of the flow selection policy update may not be performed on the policy server.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the system architecture of FIG. 2, the MAG1-MN notifying the MAPS-MN to initiate policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifying the update peer. The specific steps are described as follows:
  • Step 1601 The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.
  • Step 1602 the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1.
  • the data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl ⁇ CNl.
  • Step 1603 the MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2.
  • the data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2.
  • Step 1604 MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN prepares to initiate flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 based on load sharing, signal strength, user willingness, network planning, or operation and maintenance.
  • Step 1605 The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN.
  • the message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID) and source interface information.
  • Step 1606 The MAPS-MN determines the migrated target MAG (MAG2) and the flow selection policy, prepares to initiate a flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 or prepares to modify the flow selection policy.
  • MN ID MN identity
  • Step 1606 The MAPS-MN determines the migrated target MAG (MAG2) and the flow selection policy, prepares to initiate a flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 or prepares to modify the flow selection policy.
  • Step 1607 and step 1608 the MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the Policy Server updates the MN-related flow selection policy and returns a policy modification response message. This step occurs after 1606, and there are no other steps in the other steps.
  • the purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above
  • the function is OK.
  • the purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message.
  • the name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .
  • Step 1609 an optional step.
  • the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step.
  • MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1. This step can be performed after step 1606, and there is no order for other steps.
  • Step 1610 The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute. This step can be performed after step 1606, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.
  • the MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection
  • the communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream.
  • the CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.
  • the purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN.
  • the name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.
  • Step 1611 After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address in the message or
  • CoA2 and connection attributes update the locally stored MN address mapping table, and change the HNPl-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute.
  • MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1610, and there is no order with other steps.
  • the purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1611, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • Step 1612 The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAGI-MN or the MAG2-MN, and carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1605, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • This step can be performed after completing 1606, and there is no order with other steps.
  • Step 1613 The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MN.
  • the message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.
  • the target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.
  • Source interface information refers to information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least the following One: the linklocal address of the terminal interface 1, the MAC address of the MAG1, the CoAl, the interface identifier of the terminal interface 1, and the MAC address of the terminal interface 1.
  • the flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • a specific flow which may be a five-tuple or other indication information.
  • the purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MN to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message.
  • the name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.
  • step 1614 the flow migration response message is returned to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN.
  • the purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1613, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.
  • step 1615 after the stream migration is completed, data communication with CN1 is performed on interface 2. ⁇
  • the data message with CN1 is MN MAG2-MN MAG-CNl CNl as shown in this step.
  • This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration.
  • a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.)
  • all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal.
  • steps 1605 and 1613 may be handover request messages.
  • step 1607 and step 1608 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.
  • the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN After obtaining the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.
  • the policy server updates the flow selection policy associated with the MN and returns a policy modification response message to replace step 1607 and step 1608 above.
  • step 1612 and step 1613 are performed after the MAPS-MN determines to modify the stream selection policy.
  • the flow migration indication message is directly sent to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN to replace the step 1612 in FIG.
  • the message carries the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy.
  • MN ID MN identifier
  • the optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAGI-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute.
  • step 1610 and step 1611 are performed after the MAPS-MN decides to perform the stream selection policy modification.
  • the MAG of the opposite end is notified to update the address mapping and the connection attribute to replace the foregoing step 1610.
  • the MAG-CN obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute.
  • the MAG-CN1 returns a CoA Update Response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the Policy Server to replace the above step 1611.
  • the network side After the network side decides to change the flow selection policy, it needs to perform policy update on the terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN respectively, and perform flow selection on each network element (terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN).
  • the policy update has the above multiple manners. In the update, various modes can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description.
  • the operation of the flow selection policy update may not be performed on the policy server. Example twelve
  • the terminal may be notified to perform the flow.
  • Migration If the policy server or MAPS-MN decides to change the flow selection policy, the notification message can be sent to the MN via MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN, carrying the updated flow selection policy), and the terminal decides whether to initiate the policy modification process. If the terminal initiates a policy update, the operation is similar to the processing of FIG. 6, and the description will not be repeated here.
  • the MAPS/MAG-MN/policy server notifies the peer MAG to update the address mapping table, that is, the update location relationship (CoA update procedure), and the connection attribute field is carried in the CoA update message.
  • the flow selection policy is stored on the peer MAG, that is, when the address mapping table in the peer MAG is a HNP-CoA-flow selection policy
  • the modified flow selection policy needs to be carried in the CoA update message instead of the connection. Attributes.
  • the policy update process of the terminal the MAPS policy, the connection attribute, the MN registration information table update process, the policy server policy update process, the address mapping of the peer MAG, and the policy update are all described.
  • the update process of the four network elements does not need to be implemented in the process.
  • the update process of the four network elements may have different combinations.
  • Combination method 1 update the terminal and the peer MAG, or update the terminal, the peer MAG and the MAPS.
  • the terminal/MAPS/MAG only needs to initiate the migration or handover of the current flow for some reason, and the subsequent newly initiated flow still selects the path according to the existing flow selection policy (ie, selects the location information)
  • all the above processes can still be used.
  • the flow that the MN has established can select the path or location information according to the modified flow selection policy, and the new flow created by the MN will select a different path because of the original policy.
  • the peer MAG When the combination mode is used, the peer MAG needs to correctly select the location/MAG of the multiple access terminal when forwarding the data packet sent by the peer end, and the peer MAG needs to send the data packet to the MAPS each time. - MN queries the location information of the MN. For the traditional PMIP system, this combination is more optimized because there is no need to update the MAG of the communication peer.
  • Combination mode 3 Update the terminal, policy server and peer MAG, or update the terminal, policy server, peer MAG and MAPS.
  • modules or steps of the present invention can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device, which can be concentrated on a single computing device or distributed over a network composed of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device so that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device, or they may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any particular combination of hardware and software.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a method and a system for managing a policy in a flow movement.
  • the peer end learns the correct location information of the terminal to implement message transmission.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

A method for policy management in stream movement comprises: when a terminal initiating stream migrating or switching, the terminal sending a modified stream selecting policy to a network side; and the network side sending the modified stream selecting policy to a policy server; or, when a stream selecting policy based on the terminal exists on the policy server, the network side sending the modified stream selecting policy to the policy server. An embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for policy management in stream movement.

Description

一种流移动中的策略管理方法和系统  Strategy management method and system in flow movement

技术领域 Technical field

本发明涉及移动通信领域, 具体涉及一种多接入系统中, 流移动的策略 管理方法和系统。  The present invention relates to the field of mobile communications, and in particular to a method and system for managing flow mobility in a multiple access system.

背景技术 Background technique

图 1示出了一种基于位置服务器的通信网络架构,终端可以是移动终端、 固定终端和游牧终端中的一种或多种, 如手机、 固定电话、 电脑和服务器等 等。 接入网用于为终端提供二层(物理层和链路层)接入手段, 维护终端与 接入网关之间的物理接入链路。 接入网关用于为终端分配位置信息, 维护终 端的标识和位置映射信息,到位置服务器进行位置注册(也可称为位置登记) 和查询终端的位置信息, 以及实现数据报文的路由和转发。 接入网关分配的 位置信息指向本接入网关, 也即包含该接入网关的地址信息, 将该位置信息 作为数据报文的目的地址时, 该数据报文将被路由到该接入网关。 位置服务 器用于处理对终端位置信息的注册、 注销和查询, 保存和维护归属用户终端 的身份标识和位置信息映射信息。  1 shows a location server based communication network architecture. The terminal may be one or more of a mobile terminal, a fixed terminal, and a nomadic terminal, such as a mobile phone, a fixed telephone, a computer, a server, and the like. The access network is used to provide a layer 2 (physical layer and link layer) access means for the terminal, and maintains a physical access link between the terminal and the access gateway. The access gateway is configured to allocate location information to the terminal, maintain the identity and location mapping information of the terminal, perform location registration (also referred to as location registration) to the location server, and query location information of the terminal, and implement routing and forwarding of data packets. . The location information assigned by the access gateway points to the access gateway, that is, the address information of the access gateway, and the location information is used as the destination address of the data packet, and the data packet is routed to the access gateway. The location server is configured to process registration, logout, and query of terminal location information, and save and maintain identity information and location information mapping information of the home user terminal.

在终端与对端进行通信时, 接入网关收到上行数据报文要进行位置信息 封装和转发。 具体地, 在本地查询通信对端的位置信息, 如查询到, 将通信 对端的位置信息作为目的地址, 以终端的位置信息为源地址封装在包含终端 标识和通信对端标识的数据报文中, 经广义转发平面转发到通信对端接入的 接入网关。 如查询不到, 则到通信对端归属位置服务器查询通信对端的位置 信息并保存在本地。 此时, 可以在报文中封装上终端的位置信息后, 通过映 射转发平面转发到广义转发平面, 或者, 在查询到通信对端的位置信息后, 再由该接入网关按上述在本地查询到通信对端的位置信息时的方式进行位置 信息封装和转发处理。 在下行方向, 接入网关收到广义转发平面发来的数据 报文后进行解位置信息封装, 剥去其中的位置信息后发送给终端。  When the terminal communicates with the peer end, the access gateway receives the uplink data packet to encapsulate and forward the location information. Specifically, the location information of the communication peer is locally queried, for example, the location information of the communication peer is used as the destination address, and the location information of the terminal is used as the source address in the data packet including the terminal identifier and the communication peer identifier. The generalized forwarding plane forwards to the access gateway of the communication peer access. If the query is not available, the location information of the communication peer is queried to the home location server of the communication peer and stored locally. In this case, the location information of the terminal may be encapsulated in the packet, and then forwarded to the generalized forwarding plane through the mapping forwarding plane, or after the location information of the communication peer end is queried, the access gateway may query the local query as described above. Location information encapsulation and forwarding processing is performed in the manner of communicating the location information of the opposite end. In the downlink direction, after receiving the data packet sent by the generalized forwarding plane, the access gateway encapsulates the solution location information, strips the location information, and sends the location information to the terminal.

可以看出, 接入网关为了实现报文的正常转发, 需要在终端接入时为该 终端分配位置信息, 到位置服务器注册该位置信息以更新位置服务器中该终 端的位置信息。 接入网关还需要维护终端及其通信对端的标识和位置信息映 射信息, 来实现对报文的位置信息封装。 在一个示例中, 接入网关为每个终 端维护该终端与通信对端的通信关系信息, 本文中称为该终端的对端信息, 该对端信息包含该终端标识与通信对端标识的对应关系信息, 还可以包括该 终端的标识和位置信息映射信息, 同时, 接入网关统一维护所有终端的通信 对端的标识和位置信息映射信息。 当然, 接入网关为每个终端分别维护该终 端所有通信对端的标识和位置信息映射信息也是可以的, 其中包含了终端的 对端信息。 维护对端信息, 是为了在终端切换时, 切入一侧的接入网关可以 确定该终端有哪些通信对端, 从而可以向通信对端接入的接入网关发送该终 端新的位置信息以便进行位置更新。 通信对端接入的接入网关完成更新后, 就可以将通信对端发出的数据报文直接路由到该终端切换到的接入网关。 It can be seen that, in order to implement normal forwarding of packets, the access gateway needs to allocate location information to the terminal when the terminal accesses, and register the location information to the location server to update the terminal server. Location information. The access gateway also needs to maintain the identity and location information mapping information of the terminal and its communication peer to implement the encapsulation of the location information of the packet. In an example, the access gateway maintains the communication relationship between the terminal and the communication peer for each terminal, which is referred to herein as the peer information of the terminal, and the peer information includes the correspondence between the terminal identifier and the communication peer identifier. The information may also include the identifier and location information mapping information of the terminal. At the same time, the access gateway uniformly maintains the identity and location information mapping information of the communication peers of all terminals. Of course, it is also possible for the access gateway to separately maintain the identity and location information mapping information of all communication peers of the terminal, including the peer information of the terminal. The peer information is maintained. When the terminal switches, the access gateway on the side of the terminal can determine which communication peers the terminal has, so that the terminal can access the new location information of the terminal to the access gateway accessed by the communication peer. Location update. After the access gateway accessing the communication peer is updated, the data packet sent by the communication peer can be directly routed to the access gateway to which the terminal switches.

由于终端可以同时具有多个连接(如图 2、 图 3和图 4所示) , 此时可 能存在多个接入网关为终端分配多个位置信息, 对于同一个终端, 位置服务 器中可能存在一个终端标识对应多个位置信息的情况, 由于连接在建立的过 程中考虑了应用或业务流的特点, 具有业务质量、 计费等相关属性, 只允许 传输相应的应用或业务流。 为了在对端向终端发送数据时对端接入网关能够 确定数据流的正确路由 (即相应的接入网关) , 策略服务器将存放与应用、 或业务、或连接、或位置相关的策略信息,这些信息可以与终端标识相关(即 基于终端的策略) 、 也可以与终端标识无关, 在对端向终端发送数据时根据 应用、 或业务、 或连接、 或位置特点、 或终端标识提供终端的位置参考, 与 位置服务器一同选路, 并为对应的数据流查找正确的位置信息。 策略服务器 可以与位置服务器和 /或接入网关连接,其在通信网络中的位置与连接方式如 图 2、 图 3和图 4所示。  Since the terminal can have multiple connections at the same time (as shown in FIG. 2, FIG. 3 and FIG. 4), there may be multiple access gateways that allocate multiple location information for the terminal. For the same terminal, there may be one in the location server. When the terminal identifier corresponds to multiple location information, the connection considers the characteristics of the application or service flow in the process of establishing, and has related attributes such as service quality and charging, and only allows the corresponding application or service flow to be transmitted. In order to determine the correct route of the data flow (ie, the corresponding access gateway) when the peer end sends data to the terminal, the policy server stores policy information related to the application, or service, or connection, or location. The information may be related to the terminal identifier (ie, the terminal-based policy), or may be independent of the terminal identifier, and provide the location of the terminal according to the application, or service, or connection, or location feature, or terminal identifier when the peer sends data to the terminal. Reference, route with the location server and find the correct location information for the corresponding data stream. The Policy Server can be connected to the Location Server and/or Access Gateway as shown in Figure 2, Figure 3 and Figure 4 in the communication network.

由于负荷分担、 信号强度、 用户意愿、 网络规划、 运营维护等因素导致 用户或者网络将某些数据流在接入网关之间进行迁移或切换, 数据传输路径 进行了修改。此时,对端接入网关仍将数据路由到迁移或切换前的接入网关, 从而使得数据传送路径无法连通或者数据传输质量无法得以保障。  The data transmission path has been modified due to load sharing, signal strength, user wishes, network planning, operation and maintenance, etc., causing users or networks to migrate or switch certain data flows between access gateways. At this time, the peer access gateway still routes the data to the access gateway before migration or handover, so that the data transmission path cannot be connected or the data transmission quality cannot be guaranteed.

对于 PMIP的场景, 如图 5a所示的是 PMIP协议的逻辑架构, 包括移动 节点 (Mobile Node, MN ) 、 通信对端 ( Correspondent Node , CN ) 、 移动 接入网关 (Mobile Access Gateway, MAG ) 以及本地移动性锚点 (Local Mobility Anchor, LMA ) 。 其中 CN可以是固定节点, 也可以是移动节点, 即具有相应的 MAG和 LMA。 MAG是 MN的第一跳路由器, 其主要作用包 括在 MN接入时为其分配转交地址(Care of Address, CoA ) 以及代替 MN 执行与 MN的锚点 LMA之间的 PMIP绑定(PMIP Binding ) 。 LMA作为 MN的锚点,其主要作用包括为 ΜΝ分配家乡地址( Home of Address, HoA ) 以及处理上述 PMIP绑定。 MAG与 LMA之间执行的 PMIP绑定的主要目的 是让双方均获知对方的地址、 上述 CoA和 HoA, 并将保存在本地。 此外, 在执行 PMIP的绑定过程中,还为 MN在 MAG和 LMA之间建立了一条双向 隧道。 值得说明的是, MN最后获取到的 IP地址是 LMA为其分配的 HoA。 在通常的网络部署中, MAG—般位于拓朴较低的位置, 比如位于城域网的 边缘; 而 LMA则一般位于拓朴较高的位置, 比如省干网的核心部分。 MAG 与 LMA之间实际上往往通过多跳路由器相连。 For the PMIP scenario, as shown in Figure 5a is the logical architecture of the PMIP protocol, including the Mobile Node (MN), the Correspondent Node (CN), and the mobile. Access Gateway (MAG) and Local Mobility Anchor (LMA). The CN can be a fixed node or a mobile node, that is, it has a corresponding MAG and LMA. The MAG is the first hop router of the MN, and its main functions include assigning a Care of Address (CoA) to the MN when accessing it, and performing PMIP Binding (MMIP Binding) with the MN's anchor LMA instead of the MN. . As the anchor of the MN, the LMA's main functions include assigning the Home of Address (HoA) and handling the above PMIP binding. The main purpose of the PMIP binding performed between the MAG and the LMA is to let both parties know the address of the other party, the above CoA and HoA, and save it locally. In addition, during the PMIP binding process, a bidirectional tunnel is established between the MAG and the LMA for the MN. It is worth noting that the IP address finally obtained by the MN is the HoA assigned by the LMA. In a typical network deployment, the MAG is generally located at a lower topology, such as at the edge of a metropolitan area network; and the LMA is generally located at a higher topology, such as the core of the provincial backbone. The MAG and the LMA are often connected by a multi-hop router.

PMIP协议的移动性管理体现在随着 MN 的移动能改变当前连接到的 MAG, 同时保持 MN的 IP地址(即 HoA ) 不变。 如图 5b所示, 改变当前 连接的 MAG是指从先前连接的源 MAG ( sMAG, source MAG ) 改变 /切换 连接到目标 MAG ( tMAG, target MAG ) 。 在改变到 tMAG以后, tMAG为 MN分配一个新的 CoA, 并为 MN执行与 MN的锚点 LMA之间的 PMIP绑 定, 更新上文提及双方保存的信息, 以及在 t-MAG与 LMA之间为 MN建立 新的双向隧道。  The mobility management of the PMIP protocol is reflected in the fact that the MN's mobility can change the currently connected MAG while keeping the MN's IP address (ie HoA) unchanged. As shown in Figure 5b, changing the MAG of the current connection means changing/switching the connection to the target MAG ( tMAG, target MAG ) from the previously connected source MAG ( sMAG, source MAG ). After changing to tMAG, tMAG assigns a new CoA to the MN, and performs PMIP binding with the MN's anchor LMA for the MN, updating the information saved by the two parties mentioned above, and the t-MAG and LMA. A new two-way tunnel is established for the MN.

图 5b所示为 MN与 CN之间收发 IP 4艮文的过程示意图。 如图 5b所示, MN与 CN之间的 IP数据报文在切换前必须经过 sMAG与 LMA之间的隧道, 在切换后必须经过 tMAG与 LMA之间的隧道。  Figure 5b shows the process of sending and receiving IP 4 messages between MN and CN. As shown in Figure 5b, the IP data packet between the MN and the CN must pass through the tunnel between the sMAG and the LMA before the switchover. After the switchover, the tunnel must pass through the tunnel between the tMAG and the LMA.

为了解决现有 PMIP机制存在的传输路径浪费问题, 进而导致的一系列 不良后果, 需要对现有的 PMIP机制进行改造, 图 5c为改造后的 PMIP协议 架构。 与现有 PMIP协议的逻辑架构 (如图 5a所示)相比, 改造后的 PMIP 协议架构所包含的网元仍然为移动节点 MN、 通信对端 CN、 移动接入网关 MAG以及映射服务器( Mapping server, MAPS )。 改造后的 PMIP协议架构 不再具有 LMA网元。 其中 CN可以是固定节点, 也可以是移动节点, 即具 有相应的 MAG和 MAPS。 In order to solve the problem of wasteful transmission path existing in the existing PMIP mechanism, a series of adverse consequences are required, and the existing PMIP mechanism needs to be modified. Figure 5c shows the modified PMIP protocol architecture. Compared with the logical architecture of the existing PMIP protocol (as shown in Figure 5a), the modified PMIP protocol architecture contains the network elements of the mobile node MN, the communication peer CN, the mobile access gateway MAG, and the mapping server. Server, MAPS). The modified PMIP protocol architecture no longer has LMA network elements. The CN can be a fixed node or a mobile node, that is, There are corresponding MAG and MAPS.

MAG是 MN的第一跳路由器, 其主要作用除了现有的 PMIP架构中的 为 MN分配转交地址 CoA,以及代替 MN执行与 MN的 MAPS之间的 PMIP 绑定外, 还需要具备如下功能: 向 MAPS查询, 获得通信对端 CN当前连接 和 CN的 MAG之间建立双向隧道, 转发 MN与 CN之间的 IP数据报文。  The MAG is the first hop router of the MN. Its main function is to allocate the care-of address CoA for the MN in the existing PMIP architecture, and to perform PMIP binding with the MAP of the MN instead of the MN. The MAPS queries to obtain a bidirectional tunnel between the current CN of the communication peer CN and the MAG of the CN, and forward the IP data packet between the MN and the CN.

MAPS保留了 LMA功能中处理 MN注册、 注销及更新功能 , 分配 HNP ( ( Home Network Prefix, 家乡网络前缀)功能, 建立和维护绑定緩存列表 ( BCE, Binding Cache Entry )功能, 但不作为 MN的锚点, MN与 CN之间 的 IP数据报文, 不需要经过 MAPS。 MAPS需要保存当前 MAG-MN的地址 和 /或 MN的 CoA,并以 MN作为索引,例如以 MN的 HoA或者 MN的 HNP 作为索引, 以供 MN的通信对端 CN或 CN的 MAG根据 MN的相关信息来 查询。  MAPS retains the LMA function to handle MN registration, logout and update functions, assigns HNP (Home Network Prefix) function, and establishes and maintains Binding Cache Entry (BCE) function, but not as MN. The anchor, the IP data packet between the MN and the CN, does not need to go through the MAPS. The MAPS needs to save the current MAG-MN address and/or the MN's CoA, and use the MN as an index, for example, the MN's HoA or the MN's HNP. As an index, the MAG of the communication partner CN or CN of the MN is queried according to the relevant information of the MN.

图 5d所示为应用改造后的 PMIP架构时,ΜΝ与 CN之间收发 IP 4艮文的 过程示意图。 MN与 CN之间的 IP数据报文需要经过 MAG-MN与 MAG-CN 之间的隧道。 当 MN向 CN发送上行 IP报文时 , 与现有的 PMIP机制一致 , MN需要将 IP报文发送到 MAG-MN。 后续与现有 PMIP机制所不同的是, MAG-MN 需要查询 MAG-CN 的地址。 在查询到 MAG-CN 的地址 (如 MAG-CN的 IP地址后) , MAG-MN用 MAG-CN的地址作为终点, 建立 MAG-MN到 MAG-CN的隧道(如, IP in IP隧道 ) , 同时将上述 IP报文放 在隧道中, 直接发送给 MAG-CN。 当 MAG-CN收到隧道中传递来的 IP报文 以后, 将 IP报文发送给 CN。 需要说明的是, MAG-MN也可以查询 CN的 CoA, 用 CN的 CoA地址代替上述的 MAG-CN的地址, 也能达到相同的目 的。 此时, MAG-MN使用 CoA作为终点, 建立 MAG-MN到 MAG-CN的隧 道, 效果等同。还值得说明的是, MAG-MN在查询 MAG-CN的地址(或 CN 的 CoA ) 时, 首先在本地緩存中查询, 若查询不到再到其他网元上查询。 例 如, 可以到 CN的锚点 LMA ( LMA-CN )根据 CN的 HoA来查询。 查询到 所需的结果后, MAG-MN再将查询结果緩存在本地。 将查询结果緩存在本 地的好处是能避免频繁的到其他网元去执行查询操作。 同样道理, CN向 MN 发送下行 IP报文时, 也使用上述类似的方法, 原理相同, 不再赘述。 使用该 方法, MN与 CN间收发 IP 4艮文的路径变为为 MN<->MN的 MAG<->CN的 MAG<->CN, 无需经过 MN (或者 MN以及 CN ) 的锚点 LMA网元。 Figure 5d shows the process of transmitting and receiving IP 4 messages between the UI and the CN when applying the modified PMIP architecture. The IP data packet between the MN and the CN needs to pass through the tunnel between the MAG-MN and the MAG-CN. When the MN sends an uplink IP packet to the CN, it is consistent with the existing PMIP mechanism, and the MN needs to send the IP packet to the MAG-MN. Subsequent to the existing PMIP mechanism, the MAG-MN needs to query the address of the MAG-CN. After querying the address of the MAG-CN (such as the IP address of the MAG-CN), the MAG-MN uses the address of the MAG-CN as the destination to establish a tunnel from the MAG-MN to the MAG-CN (for example, an IP in IP tunnel). At the same time, the above IP packet is placed in the tunnel and sent directly to the MAG-CN. After receiving the IP packet from the tunnel, the MAG-CN sends an IP packet to the CN. It should be noted that the MAG-MN can also query the CoA of the CN, and replace the address of the MAG-CN with the CoA address of the CN, and can achieve the same purpose. At this time, the MAG-MN uses the CoA as the end point and establishes the tunnel of the MAG-MN to the MAG-CN, and the effect is equivalent. It is also worth noting that when the MAG-MN queries the address of the MAG-CN (or the CoA of the CN), it first queries the local cache, and if it does not query, it can query other network elements. For example, the anchor point LMA (LMA-CN) of the CN can be queried according to the HoA of the CN. After querying the desired result, MAG-MN caches the query results locally. The advantage of caching the query results locally is that it can avoid frequent logins to other network elements. By the same token, CN to MN When sending a downlink IP packet, the same method as above is used. The principle is the same and will not be described again. With this method, the path between the MN and the CN to transmit and receive IP 4 变为 变为 becomes the MAG<->CN of the MAG<->CN of the MN<->MN, without the anchor point LMA network of the MN (or MN and CN) yuan.

同样地,在该 PMIP终端同时具有多个连接进行流迁移或切换的情况下, 同一个终端在多个接入网关中进行数据流位置信息更改, 仍然会出现对端无 法获取正确的接入网关的问题。  Similarly, in the case that the PMIP terminal has multiple connections for stream migration or handover at the same time, the same terminal performs data flow location information change in multiple access gateways, and the peer cannot obtain the correct access gateway. The problem.

发明内容 Summary of the invention

本发明提出了一种流移动中的策略管理方法和系统, 以解决存在多个接 入网关时对端无法获悉终端正确的位置信息导致报文传输异常的问题。  The present invention provides a method and a system for managing a policy in a flow movement, so as to solve the problem that the remote terminal cannot learn the correct location information of the terminal and the packet transmission is abnormal when there are multiple access gateways.

为了解决上述问题, 本发明提供了一种流移动中的策略管理方法, 终端发起流迁移或切换时, 所述终端将修改后的流选择策略发送给网络 侧;  In order to solve the above problem, the present invention provides a policy management method in a flow movement. When a terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, the terminal sends the modified flow selection policy to the network side.

所述网络侧将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器; 或者, 当所 述策略服务器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 所述网络侧将所述修改 后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器。  And the network side sends the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the network side uses the modified flow selection policy Sent to the policy server.

本发明还提供一种流移动中的策略管理系统,包括网络侧和策略服务器, 其中:  The invention also provides a policy management system in flow mobility, comprising a network side and a policy server, wherein:

所述网络侧设置为: 在所述终端发起流迁移或切换时, 接收所述终端发 送的修改后的流选择策略; 以及, 将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服 务器; 或者, 当所述策略服务器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 将所 述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器。  The network side is configured to: when the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, receive the modified flow selection policy sent by the terminal; and send the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or When the flow selection policy based on the terminal exists on the policy server, the modified flow selection policy is sent to the policy server.

本发明实施例提出了一种流移动中的策略管理方法和系统, 在存在多个 接入网关时, 使得对端获悉终端正确的位置信息实现报文传输。  The embodiment of the invention provides a method and a system for managing a policy in a flow movement. When there are multiple access gateways, the peer end learns the correct location information of the terminal to implement message transmission.

附图概述 BRIEF abstract

此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解, 构成本申请的一部 分, 本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明, 并不构成对本发明的 不当限定。 在附图中: The accompanying drawings are intended to provide a further understanding of the invention, Improperly qualified. In the drawing:

图 1为现有技术中通信网络连接示意图;  1 is a schematic diagram of a communication network connection in the prior art;

图 2为现有技术中通信网络多连接示意图一;  2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a multi-connection of a communication network in the prior art;

图 3为现有技术中通信网络多连接示意图二;  3 is a schematic diagram 2 of a multi-connection of a communication network in the prior art;

图 4为现有技术中通信网络多连接示意图三;  4 is a schematic diagram 3 of a multi-connection of a communication network in the prior art;

图 5a为现有技术中 PMIP协议的逻辑架构;  Figure 5a is a logical architecture of a PMIP protocol in the prior art;

图 5b为现有技术中 MN与 CN之间收发 IP报文的过程示意图; 图 5c为现有技术中改造后的 PMIP协议架构;  FIG. 5b is a schematic diagram of a process of transmitting and receiving IP packets between a MN and a CN in the prior art; FIG. 5c is a schematic diagram of a modified PMIP protocol in the prior art;

图 5d为现有技术中应用改造后的 PMIP架构时, MN与 CN之间收发 IP 文的过程示意图;  FIG. 5d is a schematic diagram of a process of transmitting and receiving IP documents between a MN and a CN when applying the modified PMIP architecture in the prior art;

图 6是本发明终端注册方法实施例一流程图;  6 is a flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a method for registering a terminal of the present invention;

图 7是本发明终端注册方法实施例二流程图;  7 is a flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a method for registering a terminal of the present invention;

图 8是本发明流迁移方法实施例三流程图;  8 is a flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a stream migration method according to the present invention;

图 9是本发明流迁移方法实施例四流程图;  9 is a flow chart of Embodiment 4 of the flow migration method of the present invention;

图 10是本发明流迁移方法实施例五流程图;  10 is a flowchart of Embodiment 5 of the flow migration method of the present invention;

图 11是本发明流迁移方法实施例六流程图;  11 is a flowchart of Embodiment 6 of the stream migration method of the present invention;

图 12是本发明流迁移方法实施例七流程图;  12 is a flowchart of Embodiment 7 of the stream migration method of the present invention;

图 13是策略服务器发起策略修改, 由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端的流程 图;  FIG. 13 is a flow chart in which the policy server initiates policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer;

图 14是 MAPS-MN发起策略修改, 由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端的流程 图;  FIG. 14 is a flow chart of the MAPS-MN initiating policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifying the update peer;

图 15是 MAG1-MN发起策略修改 , 由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端的流程 图;  Figure 15 is a flow chart in which the MAG1-MN initiates policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer;

图 16是 MAG1-MN通知 MAPS-MN发起策略修改, 由 MAPS-MN通知 更新对端的流程图。 本发明的较佳实施方式 FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the MAG1-MN notifying the MAPS-MN to initiate policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifying the update peer. Preferred embodiment of the invention

为了更清楚的描述本发明的内容, 在本发明实施例中做如下规定:  In order to more clearly describe the content of the present invention, the following provisions are made in the embodiment of the present invention:

CN为 MN的通信对端节点, CN可以有多个。  The CN is a communication peer node of the MN, and the CN may have multiple.

MAG1-MN是指 MN通过接口 1接入的 MAG, 该 MAG为 MN分配的 代理转交地址为 Co Al。  MAG1-MN refers to the MAG that the MN accesses through interface 1, and the proxy care-of address assigned by the MAG to the MN is Co Al.

MAG2-MN是指 MN通过接口 2接入的 MAG, 该 MAG为 MN分配的 代理转交地址为 CoA2。 MAGI -MN和 MAG2-MN可能位于不同的接入网, 也可能位于相同的接入网。  The MAG2-MN refers to the MAG that the MN accesses through the interface 2, and the proxy care-of address assigned by the MAG to the MN is CoA2. MAGI-MN and MAG2-MN may be located in different access networks or in the same access network.

MAG-CN1是指当前 CN1接入的 MAG, 该 MAG为 CN1分配的代理转 交地址为 CoA3。  MAG-CN1 refers to the MAG currently accessed by CN1, and the proxy transfer address assigned by CNG to CN1 is CoA3.

MAG-CN2是指当前 CN2接入的 MAG, 该 MAG为 CN2分配的代理转 交地址为 CoA4。  MAG-CN2 refers to the MAG currently accessed by CN2, and the proxy transfer address assigned by CNG to CN2 is CoA4.

MAPS-MN是指 MN接入的 MAPS,该 MAPS为 MN分配的家乡网络前 缀为 HNP1 , MN根据 HNP1配置得到的家乡地址为 HoAl。  The MAPS-MN refers to the MAPS accessed by the MN. The home network prefix assigned by the MAPS to the MN is HNP1, and the home address obtained by the MN according to the HNP1 configuration is HoAl.

MAPS-CN是指 CN接入的 MAPS, 该 MAPS为 CN分配的家乡网络前 缀为 HNP3 , CN根据 HNP3配置得到的家乡地址为 HoA3。  The MAPS-CN refers to the MAPS accessed by the CN. The home network prefix assigned by the MAPS to the CN is HNP3, and the home address obtained by the CN according to the HNP3 configuration is HoA3.

在本发明实施例中,多接入的含义是指, MN可以同时存在不同的连接, 这些连接可以是同时在不同的接入网建立的连接, 也可以是同时在相同的接 入网建立的不同连接。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the meaning of multiple access means that the MN may have different connections at the same time, and the connections may be established at different access networks at the same time, or may be established at the same time in the same access network. Different connections.

在本发明实施例中,  In the embodiment of the present invention,

流选择策略可以是以下一个或多个:接入类型、优先级、网络名称、 PLMN ( Public Land Mobile Network , 公共陆地移动网络) ID、 QoS参数、 计费信 息、通信对端信息。网络名称可以是 APN( Access Point Name,接入点名称:)、 域名 /标识、 PDN ( Packet Data Network , 分组数据网络)名 /标识。 QoS参数 可以是 QCI ( QoS Class Identifier, QoS类别标识) 。 计费信息可以是费率、 资费等级。 通信对端信息可以是通信对端标识、 端口、 地址。 流选择策略可 以指终端网络或对端网络的信息, 如果是终端网络的信息, 则与对端网络存 在对应关系。 位置服务器可以是 MAPS、 ILR ( Identity Location Register, 身份位置寄 存器) 、 LMA、 HA ( Home Agent, 家乡代理) 。 位置信息可以是接入网关 地址 /标识、 或接入网关分配的 IP地址、 或 RID、 或位置标识、 或 CoA。 The flow selection policy may be one or more of the following: access type, priority, network name, PLMN (Public Land Mobile Network) ID, QoS parameters, charging information, and communication peer information. The network name may be an APN (Access Point Name), a domain name/identity, a PDN (Packet Data Network) name/identity. The QoS parameter may be a QCI (QoS Class Identifier). The billing information can be a rate or a tariff level. The communication peer information can be the communication peer identifier, port, and address. The flow selection policy may refer to the information of the terminal network or the peer network. If it is the information of the terminal network, it has a corresponding relationship with the peer network. The location server can be MAPS, ILR (Identity Location Register), LMA, HA (Home Agent, Home Agent). The location information may be an access gateway address/identity, or an IP address assigned by the access gateway, or an RID, or a location identifier, or a CoA.

终端的身份标识可以是 AID、 IMSI、 NAI ( Network Access Identifier , 网 络访问标识符) 、 HNP、 ID、 IP地址。  The identity of the terminal can be AID, IMSI, NAI (Network Access Identifier), HNP, ID, IP address.

本发明实施例提供一种流移动中的策略管理方法, 包括:  The embodiment of the invention provides a policy management method in flow movement, which includes:

终端发起流迁移或切换时, 所述终端将修改后的流选择策略发送给网络 侧;  When the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, the terminal sends the modified flow selection policy to the network side;

所述网络侧将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器; 或者, 当所 述策略服务器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 所述网络侧将所述修改 后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器。  And the network side sends the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the network side uses the modified flow selection policy Sent to the policy server.

其中, 所述策略服务器接收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 当所述策略 服务器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 所述策略服务器根据所述修改 后的流选择策略更新与所述终端相关的流选择策略; 当所述策略服务器上不 存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 所述策略服务器将所述修改后的流选择 策略作为所述终端新增的流选择策略。  After the policy server receives the modified flow selection policy, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the policy server updates and updates according to the modified flow selection policy. a flow selection policy related to the terminal; when the flow selection policy based on the terminal does not exist on the policy server, the policy server uses the modified flow selection policy as a new flow selection policy of the terminal .

其中, 触发策略服务器可有以下两种方式:  There are two ways to trigger the policy server:

方式一:  method one:

所述终端发送流迁移指示消息至所述终端的迁移流的源接入网关或目标 接入网关, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略;  The terminal sends a flow migration indication message to the source access gateway or the target access gateway of the migrating flow of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy;

所述源接入网关或目标接入网关转发所述流迁移指示消息至所述终端的 位置服务器;  Transmitting, by the source access gateway or the target access gateway, the flow migration indication message to a location server of the terminal;

所述位置服务器发送策略修改请求消息至所述策略服务器, 携带所述修 改后的流选择策略。 迁移流是指发生流迁移或切换的流。  The location server sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carries the modified flow selection policy. A migration stream is a stream in which a stream migration or handover occurs.

方式二:  Method 2:

所述终端发送流迁移指示消息至所述终端的迁移流的源接入网关或目标 接入网关, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略; 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关发送策略修改请求消息至策略服务器, 携带所述修改后的流选择策略。 The terminal sends a flow migration indication message to the source access gateway or the target access gateway of the migrating flow of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; The source access gateway or the target access gateway sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carries the modified flow selection policy.

其中, 还可进一步更新位置服务器, 方式二中, 所述源接入网关或目标 接入网关发送流迁移指示消息至所述终端的位置服务器, 所述流迁移指示消 息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略。  The location server may be further updated. In the second manner, the source access gateway or the target access gateway sends a flow migration indication message to the location server of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified Stream selection strategy.

方式一和二中, 所述位置服务器接收到修改后的流选择策略后, 根据所 述修改后的流选择策略更新本地与所述终端相关的流选择策略。  In the first and second modes, after receiving the modified flow selection policy, the location server updates the local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy.

其中, 所述终端向位置服务器注册时, 所述位置服务器从策略服务器获 取连接信息或者流选择策略, 建立所述终端的注册信息表, 所述终端的注册 信息表包括所述终端的身份标识、 终端当前接入的接口信息和连接属性的映 射关系;  When the terminal registers with the location server, the location server obtains the connection information or the flow selection policy from the policy server, and establishes a registration information table of the terminal, where the registration information table of the terminal includes the identity identifier of the terminal, Mapping relationship between interface information and connection attributes currently accessed by the terminal;

所述位置服务器向所述接入网关返回所述位置服务器为所述终端分配的 身份标识信息, 所述接入网关将所述终端的身份标识信息, 或者, 将所述终 端的身份标识信息和所述接入网关为所述终端分配的位置信息发送给所述终 端。  Returning, by the location server, the identity information that is allocated by the location server to the terminal, the access gateway, the identity information of the terminal, or the identity information of the terminal The location information allocated by the access gateway to the terminal is sent to the terminal.

其中, 所述位置服务器收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 修改所述终端 的注册信息表, 将终端标识、 迁移流的源接口信息和连接属性的映射关系修 改为终端标识、 迁移流的目标接口信息和连接属性的映射关系。  After receiving the modified flow selection policy, the location server modifies the registration information table of the terminal, and modifies the mapping relationship between the terminal identifier, the source interface information and the connection attribute of the migration flow to the terminal identifier and the migration flow. The mapping relationship between the target interface information and the connection properties.

本发明实施例还提供一种流移动中的策略管理系统, 包括网络侧和策略 服务器, 其中:  An embodiment of the present invention further provides a policy management system in a flow mobility, including a network side and a policy server, where:

所述网络侧用于: 在所述终端发起流迁移或切换时, 接收所述终端发送 的修改后的流选择策略; 以及,  The network side is configured to: when the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, receive a modified flow selection policy sent by the terminal; and

将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器; 或者, 当所述策略服务 器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给 策略服务器。  And sending the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or sending the modified flow selection policy to the policy server when the flow selection policy based on the terminal exists on the policy server.

其中, 所述策略服务器还用于: 接收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 当 所述策略服务器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 根据所述修改后的流 选择策略更新与所述终端相关的流选择策略; 当所述策略服务器上不存在基 于所述终端的流选择策略时 , 将所述修改后的流选择策略作为所述终端新增 的流选择策略。 The policy server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, when there is a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the modified flow selection policy is updated according to the modified a terminal-related flow selection policy; when there is no base on the policy server When the flow selection policy of the terminal is used, the modified flow selection policy is used as a new flow selection policy of the terminal.

其中, 所述网络侧包括源接入网关或目标接入网关, 位置服务器: 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关用于: 接收所述终端发送的流迁移指示 消息, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略, 转发所述流迁 移指示消息至所述终端的位置服务器;  The network side includes a source access gateway or a target access gateway, and the location server: the source access gateway or the target access gateway is configured to: receive a flow migration indication message sent by the terminal, and send the flow migration indication Transmitting, by the message, the modified flow selection policy, and forwarding the flow migration indication message to a location server of the terminal;

所述位置服务器用于: 发送策略修改请求消息至所述策略服务器, 携带 所述修改后的流选择策略。 进一步的, 所述位置服务器还用于: 接收到修改 后的流选择策略后, 根据所述修改后的流选择策略更新本地与所述终端相关 的流选择策略。  The location server is configured to: send a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carry the modified flow selection policy. Further, the location server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, update the local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy.

或者, 所述网络侧包括源接入网关或目标接入网关, 其中:  Or the network side includes a source access gateway or a target access gateway, where:

所述源接入网关或目标接入网关用于: 接收所述终端发送的流迁移指示 消息, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略; 发送策略修改 请求消息至策略服务器, 携带所述修改后的流选择策略。  The source access gateway or the target access gateway is configured to: receive a flow migration indication message sent by the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; and send a policy modification request message to the policy server Carrying the modified stream selection policy.

进一步的, 所述系统还包括位置服务器, 其中:  Further, the system further includes a location server, where:

所述源接入网关或目标接入网关还用于: 发送流迁移指示消息至所述终 端的位置服务器, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略; 所述位置服务器用于, 根据所述修改后的流选择策略更新本地与所述终 端相关的流选择策略。  The source access gateway or the target access gateway is further configured to: send a flow migration indication message to a location server of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; And updating a local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy.

其中, 所述位置服务器还用于: 当所述终端通过接入网关进行注册时, 从策略服务器获取连接信息或者流选择策略, 建立所述终端的注册信息表, 所述终端的注册信息表包括所述终端的终端身份标识、 终端当前接入的接口 信息和连接属性的映射关系; 以及, 向所述接入网关返回所述位置服务器为 所述终端分配的身份标识信息, 所述接入网关将所述终端的身份标识信息, 或者, 将所述终端的身份标识信息和所述接入网关为所述终端分配的位置信 息发送给所述终端。  The location server is further configured to: when the terminal registers by using the access gateway, obtain a connection information or a flow selection policy from the policy server, and establish a registration information table of the terminal, where the registration information table of the terminal includes a mapping relationship between the terminal identity of the terminal, the interface information currently accessed by the terminal, and the connection attribute; and returning, to the access gateway, identity information that is allocated by the location server to the terminal, the access gateway Sending the identity information of the terminal, or sending the identity information of the terminal and the location information allocated by the access gateway to the terminal to the terminal.

其中, 所述位置服务器还用于: 收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 修改 所述终端的注册信息表, 将终端身份标识、 迁移流的源接口信息和连接属性 的映射关系修改为终端身份标识、 迁移流的目标接口信息和连接属性的映射 关系。 The location server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, modify the registration information table of the terminal, and set the terminal identity, the source interface information, and the connection attribute of the migration flow. The mapping relationship is modified to the terminal identity, the target interface information of the migration flow, and the mapping relationship of the connection attributes.

下述实施例以位置服务器为 MAPS为例来说明流移动中的策略管理方法 , 但是所有实施例不限于 MAPS ,均适用于位置服务器为其它网元( ILR、 LMA、 HA ) 的场景。  The following embodiment uses the location server as the MAPS as an example to describe the policy management method in the flow mobility, but all the embodiments are not limited to the MAPS, and are applicable to the scenario where the location server is another network element (ILR, LMA, HA).

下面结合附图和具体实施例对本发明所述技术方案作进一步的详细描述, 以使本领域的技术人员可以更好的理解本发明并能予以实施, 但所举实施例 不作为对本发明的限定。 实施例一  The technical solutions of the present invention are further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and specific embodiments to enable those skilled in the art to understand the invention. . Embodiment 1

图 6是本发明终端注册实施例一,本实施例适用于 MN注册时 MAPS-MN 与策略服务器交互获得连接属性。 具体包括以下步骤:  FIG. 6 is a first embodiment of the terminal registration of the present invention. The present embodiment is applicable to the MAPS-MN interacting with the policy server to obtain the connection attribute when the MN is registered. Specifically, the following steps are included:

步骤 601 , MN通过附着过程接入到 PMIPv6域内后,通过接口 1向所属 的 MAG1-MN发送路由请求(RS, Router Solicitation ) 消息。 本步骤可选。  Step 601: After the MN accesses the PMIPv6 domain through the attach process, the MN sends a route request (RS, Router Solicitation) message to the MAG1-MN through the interface 1. This step is optional.

步骤 602, MAG1-MN受到步骤 601的触发, 或者接入过程中移动网络 的触发, MAG1-MN向 MAPS-MN发送代理绑定更新 (PBU, Proxy Binding Update )消息,代替 MN向 MAPS-MN注册,消息中携带 MN标识( MN ID )、 MAGl-MN为 MN分配的代理广播地址 CoAl和接口信息。 MAG1-MN的地 址也在该消息中发送给 MAPS-MN。  Step 602: The MAG1-MN is triggered by the step 601, or the mobile network is triggered during the access process, and the MAG1-MN sends a Proxy Binding Update (PBU) message to the MAPS-MN, instead of registering with the MASS-MN. The message carries the MN identity (MN ID), the proxy broadcast address CoAl assigned by the MAG1-MN to the MN, and interface information. The address of the MAG1-MN is also sent to the MAPS-MN in this message.

其中接口信息是指可以唯一标识该连接使用的接口的信息, 至少包括以 下信息之一: 终端接口的 linklocal (本地链路)地址、 MAG的 MAC地址、 CoA、 终端的接口标识、 终端接口的 MAC地址。 本发明中的接口信息均为 此含义。 在本实施例中接口信息具体至少为以下信息之一: 终端接口 1 的 linklocal地址、 MAG1-MN的 MAC地址、 CoAl、 终端的接口 1标识、 终端 接口 1的 MAC地址。  The interface information is information that can uniquely identify the interface used by the connection, and includes at least one of the following information: linklocal (local link) address of the terminal interface, MAC address of the MAG, CoA, interface identifier of the terminal, and MAC address of the terminal interface. address. The interface information in the present invention has this meaning. In this embodiment, the interface information is at least one of the following information: a link local address of the terminal interface 1, a MAC address of the MAG1-MN, a CoAl, an interface 1 identifier of the terminal, and a MAC address of the terminal interface 1.

步骤 603 , MAPS-MN接收 PBU消息,为 MN分配家乡网络前缀 (HNP1) , 建立 /更新 BCE。 MAPS-MN向策略服务器发送连接属性查询请求消息, 消息 中携带 MN ID和连接信息, 可选的携带 HNP1。  Step 603: The MAPS-MN receives the PBU message, allocates a home network prefix (HNP1) for the MN, and establishes/updates the BCE. The MAPS-MN sends a connection attribute query request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the connection information, and optionally carries HNP1.

其中连接信息是指可以标识正在建立的连接的特定的信息,如: CoA (本 实施例中为 CoAl ) 、 MAG地址(本实施例中为 MAG1-MN地址) 、 QoS 信息、 计费信息、 优先级、 接入网类型、 网络名称、 PLMN ID、 通信对端信 息。 网络名称可以是 APN、域名 /标识、 PDN名 /标识。 QoS参数可以是 QCI。 计费信息可以是费率、资费等级。通信对端信息可以是通信对端标识、端口、 地址。 本发明实施例中的连接信息均为此含义。 The connection information refers to specific information that can identify the connection being established, such as: CoA (this In the embodiment, it is a CoAl), a MAG address (in this embodiment, a MAG1-MN address), QoS information, charging information, priority, access network type, network name, PLMN ID, and communication peer information. The network name can be APN, domain name/identity, PDN name/identity. The QoS parameter can be QCI. The billing information may be a rate or a tariff level. The communication peer information can be the communication peer identifier, port, and address. The connection information in the embodiment of the present invention has this meaning.

连接属性查询请求消息的目的就是向策略服务器查询该连接的属性, 可 以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以 是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the connection attribute query request message is to query the policy server for the attribute of the connection, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message. The name of the message can be other names, as long as the message The above functions can be realized.

步骤 604, 策略服务器收到连接属性查询请求消息后, 根据消息中携带 的连接信息, 结合自身存储的策略信息, 确定连接属性, 若步骤 603中携带 了 ΗΝΡ, 则策略服务器保存该 ΗΝΡ, 并可以以 ΗΝΡ为索引查询基于 ΜΝ的 策略。  Step 604: After receiving the connection attribute query request message, the policy server determines the connection attribute according to the connection information carried in the message and the policy information stored in the message. If the parameter is carried in step 603, the policy server saves the port and may Query the ΜΝ-based policy with ΗΝΡ as the index.

其中连接属性是指标识某类连接的类别信息。 如: QoS 等级, 费率高 / 低, QoS参数,计费信息,接入网名,优先级,接入网类型, 网络名称, PLMN ID。 网络名称可以是 APN、域名 /标识、 PDN名 /标识。 QoS参数可以是 QCI。 计费信息可以是费率、 资费等级。 本发明实施例中的连接属性均为此含义。  The connection attribute refers to the category information that identifies a certain type of connection. Such as: QoS level, high/low rate, QoS parameters, charging information, access network name, priority, access network type, network name, PLMN ID. The network name can be APN, Domain Name/Identity, PDN Name/Identity. The QoS parameter can be QCI. The billing information can be a rate or a tariff level. The connection attributes in the embodiments of the present invention all have this meaning.

例如, MAPS-MN查询时使用的连接信息为 CoAl , 策略服务器上的策 略为使用范围 1 内的 CoA的连接, 其 QoS等级为等级 2。 策略服务器发现 CoAl在范围 1内, 故确定该连接的连接属性为等级 2。  For example, the connection information used in the MAPS-MN query is CoAl, and the policy on the policy server is the connection using the CoA in the range 1 with a QoS level of level 2. The policy server finds that CoAl is in range 1, so it determines that the connection property of the connection is level 2.

步骤 605 , 策略服务器将连接属性在连接属性查询响应消息中返回给 Step 605, the policy server returns the connection attribute to the connection attribute query response message.

MAPS-匪。 MAPS-匪.

连接属性查询响应消息就是回应步骤 603的连接属性查询请求消息, 可 以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以 是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The connection attribute query response message is a connection attribute query request message in response to step 603, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or may be implemented by tampering with an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message is implemented. The above functions can be used.

步骤 606, MAPS-MN收到该连接属性查询响应消息后,保存连接属性, 并建立 ΜΝ的注册信息表, 该表的内容包括: MN ID-HNP-接口信息-连接属 性。  Step 606: After receiving the connection attribute query response message, the MAPS-MN saves the connection attribute, and establishes a registration information table, where the content of the table includes: MN ID-HNP-interface information-connection attribute.

步骤 607 , MAPS-MN向 MAG1-MN返回代理绑定确认 ( PBA, Proxy Binding Ack ) 消息。 消息中携带 MAPS-MN为 MN分配的 HNP1。 Step 607: The MAPS-MN returns a proxy binding confirmation to the MAG1-MN (PBA, Proxy) Binding Ack) message. The message carries the HNP1 assigned by the MAPS-MN to the MN.

步骤 608, MAG1-MN向 MN返回路由通告( RA, Router Advertisement ) 消息, MN收到路由器通告消息后, 进行地址配置, 获得源自家乡网络前缀 HNP1的家乡地址 HoAl。 若步骤 602中,接口信息为 CoA, 则在 RA消息中 需要携带 MAG1-MN为 MN分配的 CoAl。  Step 608: The MAG1-MN returns a RA (Router Advertisement Advertisement) message to the MN. After receiving the router advertisement message, the MN performs address configuration to obtain the home address HoAl originating from the home network prefix HNP1. If the interface information is CoA in step 602, the CoAl assigned by the MAG1-MN to the MN needs to be carried in the RA message.

实施例二  Embodiment 2

图 7是本发明终端注册实施例二,本实施例适用于 MN注册时 MAPS-MN 与策略服务器交互获得流选择策略, 根据流选择策略确定连接属性。 具体包 括以下步骤:  FIG. 7 is a second embodiment of the terminal registration of the present invention. The present embodiment is applicable to the MAPS-MN interacting with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy, and determining the connection attribute according to the flow selection policy. Specifically, it includes the following steps:

步骤 701、 702, 同步骤 601、 602。  Steps 701 and 702 are the same as steps 601 and 602.

步骤 703 , MAPS-MN接收 PBU消息,为 MN分配家乡网络前缀 (HNP1) , 建立 /更新 BCE。  Step 703: The MAPS-MN receives the PBU message, allocates a home network prefix (HNP1) for the MN, and establishes/updates the BCE.

当 MAPS-MN中没有用户的流选择策略时, 向策略服务器发送策略请求 消息, 消息中携带 MN ID , 可选的携带 HNP1。 当 MAPS-MN中有用户的流 选择策略时则不需要向策略服务器发送策略请求消息。  When there is no user's flow selection policy in the MAPS-MN, the policy request message is sent to the policy server, and the message carries the MN ID, optionally carrying HNP1. When there is a user's flow selection policy in the MAPS-MN, there is no need to send a policy request message to the policy server.

策略请求消息的目的就是向策略服务器请求用户的流选择策略, 可以通 过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其 它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy request message is to request the user's flow selection policy from the policy server, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message. The name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above function. can.

步骤 704, 策略服务器收到策略请求消息后, 将用户的流选择策略携带 在策略响应消息中, 返回给 MAPS-MN。 若步骤 703中携带了 HNP, 则策略 服务器保存该 HNP, 并可以以 HNP为索引查询基于 MN的策略。  Step 704: After receiving the policy request message, the policy server carries the user's flow selection policy in the policy response message, and returns the message to the MAPS-MN. If the HNP is carried in step 703, the policy server saves the HNP, and can query the MN-based policy by using the HNP as an index.

策略响应消息是针对步骤 703中策略请求消息的响应消息, 可以通过新 增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名 称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The policy response message is a response message to the policy request message in step 703, and may be implemented by adding a new message, or may be implemented by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above function. .

步骤 705, MAPS-MN根据获得的流选择策略, 结合连接信息, 确定连 接属性。  Step 705: The MAPS-MN determines the connection attribute according to the obtained flow selection policy and the connection information.

步骤 706, MAPS-MN保存连接属性, 并建立 MN的注册信息表, 该表 的内容包括: MN ID-HNP-接口信息 -连接属性。 步骤 707、 708, 同步骤 607、 608。 Step 706: The MAPS-MN saves the connection attribute, and establishes a registration information table of the MN. The content of the table includes: MN ID-HNP-interface information-connection attribute. Steps 707, 708 are the same as steps 607 and 608.

釆用实施例一或二后, 当 MN 通过 MAG1-MN 注册后, 该连接在 MAPS-MN上已经存在了连接属性, 当由于通信对端主动发包, 对端 MAG 来查询终端的位置信息时, MAPS-MN可以直接根据本地保存的注册信息表, 将 MN的 CoA或 MN的 MAG地址返回给对端 MAG, 不再需要每次都向策 略服务器进行查询。  After the first or second embodiment is used, when the MN is registered by the MAG1-MN, the connection already exists on the MAPS-MN. When the peer is actively sending packets, the peer MAG queries the location information of the terminal. The MAPS-MN can directly return the MAG address of the MN's CoA or MN to the peer MAG according to the locally stored registration information table, and no longer needs to query the policy server every time.

若不釆用实施例一或二,则在 MAPS-MN中的 MN注册信息表的内容为: MN ID-HNP-接口信息, 不存在连接属性。 当 MAPS-MN/MAG1-MN通知通 信对端 MAG-CN更新, 需要携带连接属性时, MAPS-MN/MAG1-MN可以 从终端发送的修改后的流选择策略中获得连接属性。  If the first or second embodiment is not used, the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MN ID-HNP-interface information, and there is no connection attribute. When the MAPS-MN/MAG1-MN informs the communication peer that the MAG-CN is updated and needs to carry the connection attribute, the MAPS-MN/MAG1-MN can obtain the connection attribute from the modified flow selection policy sent by the terminal.

实施例三  Embodiment 3

图 8是本发明流迁移实施例三,本实施例适用于 MN指示 MAG1-MN进 行流迁移, 且由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端。 具体包括以下步骤:  FIG. 8 is a third embodiment of the flow migration according to the present invention. The embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG1-MN performs flow migration, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:

步骤 801 , 多接入终端 MN已经接入到 PMIPv6域内, 并使用接口 1通 过 MAG1-MN在 MAPS-MN 完成注册, 使用接口 2 通过 MAG2-MN在 MAPS-MN完成注册。  Step 801: The multi-access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.

步骤 802, MN在接口 1上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN与 CN1的数据报 文如本步骤所示为 MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl CN2。  Step 802, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1. The data message of MN and CN1 is MN MAGl-MN MAG-CN1 CN2 as shown in this step.

步骤 803 , MN在接口 2上与 CN2进行数据通信。 MN与 CN2的数据报 文如本步骤所示为 MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2。  Step 803: The MN performs data communication with CN2 on the interface 2. The data message of MN and CN2 is MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2 as shown in this step.

步骤 804 , MN基于自身情况考虑 (如信号强度、 费率高低等) , 准备 将 MAG1-MN的流迁移到 MAG2-MN (即接口 1上的流迁移到接口 2上) 。  Step 804: The MN considers to migrate the MAG1-MN stream to the MAG2-MN (that is, the stream on the interface 1 is migrated to the interface 2) based on its own situation (such as the signal strength, the rate, and the like).

MN发起流迁移, 意味着 MN/用户为业务流选择接口 /路由的策略(本发明中 后续统称为流选择策略)发生了改变, 此时 MN重新制定流选择策略, 并在 本地保存或更新该流选择策略。 The MN initiates a flow migration, which means that the MN/user selects an interface/routing strategy for the service flow (hereinafter referred to as a flow selection policy in the present invention), and the MN re-forms the flow selection policy and saves or updates the locally. Stream selection strategy.

步骤 805 , MN发送流迁移指示消息给 MAG1-MN,用于指示 MAG1-MN 进行流迁移。 消息中需要携带目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略。 同时可 选的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 其中, 目标接口信息是指需要将流迁移到的目标接口的相关信息, 至少 包括以下之一: 终端接口 2的 linklocal地址、 MAG2的 MAC地址、 CoA2、 终端接口 2的接口标识、 终端接口 2的 MAC地址。 Step 805: The MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAG1-MN to instruct the MAG1-MN to perform flow migration. The message needs to carry the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy. It also optionally carries source interface information and stream information that needs to be migrated. The target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.

修改后的流选择策略是指步骤 804中 MN制定的流选择策略。  The modified flow selection policy refers to the flow selection policy formulated by the MN in step 804.

源接口信息是指需要将流迁移出的源接口的相关信息, 至少包括以下之 一: 终端接口 1的 linklocal地址、 MAG1的 MAC地址、 CoAl、 终端接口 1 的接口标识、 终端接口 1的 MAC地址。 当流迁移指示消息为通过单播方式 只发送给 MAG1-MN时, 可以不用携带源接口信息, 否则消息中必须携带该 字段。  The source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. . When the flow migration indication message is sent to the MAG1-MN in unicast mode, the source interface information may not be carried. Otherwise, the field must be carried in the message.

需要迁移的流信息是指需要迁移的流的相关信息, 用来确定具体的流, 可以是五元组, 也可以是其它的指示信息。 当需要迁移接口上的个别流时, 需要携带该信息, 若将接口上所有的流都迁移, 则可以不携带该字段。  The flow information to be migrated refers to the information about the flow that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. You need to carry this information when you need to migrate individual flows on the interface. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.

流迁移指示消息的目的就是通知 MAG进行流迁移, 并携带相关的接口 信息和流信息,可以通过新增消息来实现,也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message. The name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.

步骤 806, MAG1-MN转发收到的流迁移指示消息给 MAPS-MN。 消息 中需要携带 MN标识( MN ID ) 、 目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可 选的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 同时可选的携带 MN的通信对端 表(即所有与 MN通信的对端的 HoA或 HNP或 ID )。 其中, 当 MN的通信 对端表由 MAPS-MN负责维护时,可以不携带该信息,否则必须携带该字段。  Step 806: The MAG1-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN. The message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy, and optionally carry the source interface information and the flow information to be migrated. At the same time, it is optional to carry the communication peer table of the MN (that is, the HoA or HNP or ID of all peers communicating with the MN). When the communication peer table of the MN is maintained by the MAPS-MN, the information may not be carried, otherwise the field must be carried.

步骤 807 , 可选步骤。 MN发起流迁移, 意味着流选择策略发生了改变, 当 MAPS-MN上存在基于 MN (即跟 MN相关)的流选择策略时, 需要更新 该策略, 执行此步骤。 MAPS-MN根据消息中携带的修改后的流选择策略更 新本地的与终端相关的流选择策略。  Step 807, an optional step. The MN initiates a flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed. When there is a flow selection policy based on the MN (that is, related to the MN) on the MAPS-MN, the policy needs to be updated, and this step is performed. The MAPS-MN updates the local terminal-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy carried in the message.

步骤 808、 809 , MAPS-MN通知策略服务器修改流选择策略。 MAPS-MN 向策略服务器发送策略修改请求消息,消息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择 策略。 当策略服务器上存在基于 MN (即跟 MN相关) 的流选择策略时, 策 略服务器使用消息中携带的修改后的流选择策略更新与 MN相关的流选择策 略, 当策略服务器上不存在基于 MN的流选择策略时, 策略服务器使用消息 中携带的修改后的流选择策略为该 MN新增流选择策略。 策略服务器返回策 略爹改响应消息。 Steps 808, 809, the MAPS-MN notifies the policy server to modify the flow selection policy. The MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. When there is a flow selection policy based on the MN (that is, related to the MN) on the policy server, the policy server updates the flow selection policy related to the MN by using the modified flow selection policy carried in the message, and there is no MN-based on the policy server. Policy server uses messages when streaming a selection policy The modified flow selection policy carried in the new MN adds a flow selection policy. The Policy Server returns a policy tamper response message.

或者, 另一种方式为, 只有当策略服务器上存在基于 MN的流选择策略 时, MAPS-MN才需要执行此步骤, 即发送策略修改请求消息。  Alternatively, the MAPS-MN needs to perform this step only when there is a MN-based flow selection policy on the policy server, that is, the policy modification request message is sent.

策略修改请求消息的目的就是通知策略服务器更新与 MN相关的流选择 策略, 可以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the policy server to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message is implemented. The above functions are all.

策略修改响应消息的目的就是对策略修改请求消息的回应, 可以通过新 增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名 称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message. The name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .

步骤 810, 可选步骤。 当 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN与策略 服务器交互获得了流选择策略或者获得了连接属性, 则执行此步骤。 为了防 止当 CN主动发送数据包时, 选择到已经迁移走的接口上(即接口 1上) , MAPS-MN需要更新 MN注册信息表,从 HNP1-源接口信息-连接属性 1修改 为 HNP1-目标接口信息-连接属性 1。  Step 810, an optional step. When the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step. To prevent the CN from actively transmitting packets, select the interface that has been migrated (that is, on interface 1), MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1.

本步骤在步骤 806后即可执行, 无需等待步骤 809完成后再执行。  This step can be performed after step 806, without waiting for step 809 to complete before executing.

步骤 811 , MAPS-MN通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性。 其中, 地址映射是指, MN的 HNP与 MAG-MN地址映射, 或, MN的 HNP与 CoA的映射。  Step 811: The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute. The address mapping refers to the mapping between the MN's HNP and the MAG-MN address, or the MN's HNP and CoA.

MAPS-MN可在本地维护的通信对端表中或者从 MAGI -MN获得的通信 对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN , 同时根据 CN查询对应的 MAG-CN 地址或 CN的 CoA, 然后向该 MAG-CN (本实施例中指的 MAG-CN1 )发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG地址(即 MAGI -MN地 址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。 通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN, 并获得 CN对应的 MAPS-CN, 然后向该 MAPS-CN发送 CoA更新消息, 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG 地址(即 MAGl-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属 性。 由 MAPS-CN将该 CoA更新消息转发给 CN的 MAG。 The MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG The address (that is, the MAG1-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.

CoA更新消息的目的就是将 HNP1与 MAG2-MN的地址映射或者 HNP1 与 CoA2映射及连接属性发送给 MAG-CN。 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只 要该消息携带了上述信息即可。  The purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN. The name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.

若 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN没有从策略服务器交互获得流 选择策略或者连接属性, 则 MAPS-MN 中的 MN 注册信息表的内容为: MNID-HNP-接口信息, 不存在连接属性。则 MAPS-MN可以从终端发送的修 改后的流选择策略中获得连接属性。  If the MAPS-MN does not obtain a flow selection policy or a connection attribute from the policy server when the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MNID-HNP-interface information, and no connection attribute exists. . Then, the MAPS-MN can obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal.

步骤 812 , MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1返回 CoA更新响应消息。  Step 812: After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute.爹 Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message.

CoA更新响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 812的 CoA更新消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 812, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 813 , MAPS-MN给 MAG1-MN返回流迁移响应消息。  Step 813: The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG1-MN.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 806的流迁移指示消息, 消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 806. The name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

本步骤在完成 810后即可执行, 无需等待 812步完成。  This step can be performed after completing 810, without waiting for step 812 to complete.

步骤 814 , MAG1-MN给 MN返回流迁移响应消息。  Step 814: The MAG1-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MN.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 805的流迁移指示消息, 消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 805. The name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 815 , 流迁移完成后 MN在接口 2上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN与 CN1的数据报文如本步骤所示为 MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CNl oCNl。  Step 815, after the stream migration is completed, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on the interface 2. The data message of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CNl oCNl.

本实施例中, 也可由 MAGI - MN发送策略修改请求至策略服务器。 发送 方式与 MAPS- MN类似, 可分为两种方式, 此处不再赘述。  In this embodiment, the policy modification request may also be sent by the MAGI-MN to the policy server. The sending mode is similar to the MAPS-MN. It can be divided into two modes, which are not mentioned here.

本实施例以终端发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略及 地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由于 移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接口 由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 /故障 的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本实施 例的流程。 对于切换场景, 步骤 805中的流迁移指示消息可变更为切换请求 消息。 This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow selection policy caused by the flow migration. The update process of the address mapping relationship. When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.) When serving the terminal, all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal, and the flow of this embodiment can still be used. For the handover scenario, the flow migration indication message in step 805 can be changed to a more handover request message.

实施例四  Embodiment 4

图 9是本发明流迁移实施例四 ,本实施例适用于 MN指示 MAG1-MN进 行流迁移, 且由 MAG1-MN通知更新对端。 具体包括以下步骤:  FIG. 9 is a flow migration embodiment 4 of the present invention. The embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG1-MN performs flow migration, and the MAG1-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:

步骤 901-905, 同步骤 801-805。  Steps 901-905, the same steps 801-805.

步骤 906, 同步骤 806, 只是在流迁移指示消息中不需要携带 MN的通 信对端表。  Step 906, the same as step 806, except that the communication pair indication table does not need to carry the communication peer table of the MN.

步骤 907-910, 同步骤 807-810。  Steps 907-910, the same steps as 807-810.

步骤 911 , MAPS-MN给 MAG1-MN返回流迁移响应消息。 消息中可选 的携带: MAG2-MN为 MN分配的 CoA2或 MAG2-MN地址、 该迁移流的连 接属性。  Step 911: The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG1-MN. Optional carrying in the message: MAG2-MN is the CoA2 or MAG2-MN address assigned by the MN, and the connection attribute of the migrated stream.

当步骤 905中的接口信息为 CoA或 MAG地址时, 不需要携带 CoA2或 MAG2-MN的地址,否则需要将 CoA2或 MAG2-MN地址发送给 MAPS-MN。  When the interface information in step 905 is a CoA or MAG address, the address of the CoA2 or MAG2-MN does not need to be carried. Otherwise, the CoA2 or MAG2-MN address needs to be sent to the MAPS-MN.

若 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN没有从策略服务器获得流选择 策略或者连接属性, 则 MAPS-MN 中的 MN 注册信息表的内容为: MNID-HNP-接口信息, 不存在连接属性。 则本步骤中可以不携带连接属性, 或者 MAPS-MN可以在此步骤中从终端发送的修改后的流选择策略中获得连 接属性, 并携带在消息中。  If the MAPS-MN does not obtain the flow selection policy or the connection attribute from the policy server when the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MNID-HNP-interface information, and there is no connection attribute. In this step, the connection attribute may not be carried, or the MAPS-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step, and carry it in the message.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 906的流迁移指示消息, 消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 906. The name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 912, 同步骤 814。  Step 912, the same step 814.

步骤 913 , MAG1-MN通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性。 其中,地址映射是指, MN的 HNP与 MAG-MN地址映射或 HNP与 CoA 的映射。 Step 913: The MAG1-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute. The address mapping refers to the HNP and MAG-MN address mapping of the MN or HNP and CoA. Mapping.

MAGI -MN可在本地维护的通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN, 同时根据 CN查询对应的 MAG-CN地址或 CN的 CoA, 然后向该 MAG-CN (本实施例中指的 MAG-CN1 )发送 CoA更新消息,消息中携带 MN的 HNP, 源 MAG地址(即 MAG1-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地 址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的 连接属性。  The MAGI-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN's CoA according to the CN, and then to the MAG-CN (the MAG referred to in this embodiment). -CN1) Sends a CoA update message carrying the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie MAG1-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie CoA2) , also carries the connection properties of the migration stream.

或者, MAG1-MN在本地维护的通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN,并获得 CN对应的 MAPS-CN,然后向该 MAPS-CN发送 CoA更新消息, 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG地址(即 MAGI -MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。 由 MAPS-CN将该 CoA更新消息转发给 CN的 MAG。  Alternatively, the MAG1-MN obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN. The source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.

若在步骤 911中没有携带连接属性,则 MAG1-MN可以在此步骤中从终 端发送的修改后的流选择策略中获得连接属性。  If the connection attribute is not carried in step 911, the MAG1-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step.

CoA更新消息的目的就是将 HNP1与 MAG2-MN的地址映射或者 HNP1 与 CoA2映射及连接属性发送给 MAG-CN。 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只 要该消息携带了上述信息即可。  The purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN. The name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.

步骤 914 , MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2 及属性, 更新本地保存的 MN 的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1返回 CoA更新响应消息。  Step 914: After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and attributes in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message.

CoA更新响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 913的 CoA更新消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 913, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

当步骤 905中的接口信息为 CoA或 MAG地址时, 步骤 913、 914在步 骤 906后即可执行, 不需要等到步骤 911完成。  When the interface information in step 905 is a CoA or MAG address, steps 913 and 914 are executed after step 906, and need not wait until step 911 is completed.

步骤 915, 同步骤 815。  Step 915, the same step 815.

本实施例中, 也可由 MAGI MN发送策略修改请求至策略服务器。 发送 方式与 MAPS- MN类拟, 可分为两种方式, 此处不再赘述。 In this embodiment, the policy modification request may also be sent by the MAGI MN to the policy server. Send The mode is similar to the MAPS-MN class and can be divided into two ways, which are not described here.

本实施例以终端发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略及 地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由于 移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接口 由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 /故障 的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本实施 例的流程。 对于切换场景, 905步可能是切换请求消息。  This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.) When serving the terminal, all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal, and the flow of this embodiment can still be used. For the handover scenario, step 905 may be a handover request message.

实施例五  Embodiment 5

图 10是本发明流迁移实施例五, 本实施例适用于 MN指示 MAG2-MN 进行流迁移, 且由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端。 具体包括以下步骤:  FIG. 10 is a flow migration embodiment 5 of the present invention. The embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG2-MN performs flow migration, and the MAPS-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:

步骤 1001-1004, 同步骤 801-804。  Steps 1001-1004, the same steps as 801-804.

步骤 1005 , MN发送流迁移指示消息给 MAG2-MN,用于指示 MAG2-MN 进行流迁移。 消息中需要携带源接口信息和修改后的流选择策略。 同时可选 的携带目标接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。  Step 1005: The MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAG2-MN to instruct the MAG2-MN to perform flow migration. The source interface information and the modified flow selection policy need to be carried in the message. It also optionally carries the target interface information and the flow information that needs to be migrated.

其中, 目标接口信息是指需要将流迁移到的目标接口的相关信息, 至少 包括以下之一: 终端接口 2的 linklocal地址、 MAG2的 MAC地址、 CoA2、 终端接口 2的接口标识、 终端接口 2的 MAC地址。 当流迁移指示消息为通 过单播方式只发送给 MAG2-MN时, 可以不用携带目标接口信息, 否则消息 中必须携带该字段。  The target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address. When the flow migration indication message is sent to the MAG2-MN through unicast mode, the target interface information may not be carried, otherwise the field must be carried in the message.

修改后的流选择策略是指步骤 1004中 MN制定的流选择策略。  The modified flow selection policy refers to the flow selection policy formulated by the MN in step 1004.

源接口信息是指需要将流迁移出的源接口的相关信息, 至少包括以下之 一: 终端接口 1的 linklocal地址、 MAG1的 MAC地址、 CoAl、 终端接口 1 的接口标识、 终端接口 1的 MAC地址。  The source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. .

需要迁移的流信息是指需要迁移的流的相关信息, 用来确定具体的流, 可以是五元组, 也可以是其它的指示信息。 当需要迁移接口上的个别流时, 需要携带该信息, 若将接口上所有的流都迁移, 则可以不携带该字段。  The flow information to be migrated refers to the information about the flow that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. You need to carry this information when you need to migrate individual flows on the interface. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.

流迁移指示消息的目的就是通知 MAG进行流迁移, 并携带相关的接口 信息和流信息,可以通过新增消息来实现,也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。 步骤 1006 , MAG2-MN转发收到的流迁移指示消息给 MAPS-MN。 消息 中需要携带 MN标识( MN ID ) 、 目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可 选的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 The purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message. The name of the message can be other names as long as the message implements the above functions. Step 1006: The MAG2-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN. The message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.

步骤 1007-1010, 同步骤 807-810。  Steps 1007-1010, the same steps as 807-810.

步骤 1011 , MAPS-MN给 MAG2-MN返回流迁移响应消息。  Step 1011: The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG2-MN.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1006的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1006, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1012 , MAG2-MN给 MN返回流迁移响应消息。  Step 1012: The MAG2-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MN.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1005的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1005, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1013、 1014, 可选步骤, 当通信对端表由 MAG维护时, 需要执行 这两个步骤。 MAPS-MN向 MAGI -MN发送通信对端获取请求消息, 消息中 携带 MN ID或 MN的 HNPl。 MAG1-MN将本地维护的 MN的所有通信对端 包含在通信对端获取响应消息中, 返回给 MAPS-MN。  Steps 1013 and 1014 are optional steps. When the communication peer table is maintained by the MAG, these two steps need to be performed. The MAPS-MN sends a communication peer acquisition request message to the MAGI-MN, where the message carries the MN ID or the HNP1 of the MN. The MAG1-MN includes all the communication peers of the locally maintained MN in the communication peer acquisition response message and returns it to the MAPS-MN.

步骤 1013、 1014在步骤 1006后即可执行。  Steps 1013 and 1014 can be performed after step 1006.

通信对端获取请求消息的目的就是从 MAG获取 MN的通信对端, 可以 通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是 其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of obtaining the request message by the communication peer is to obtain the communication peer of the MN from the MAG, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above The function is OK.

通信对端获取响应消息的目的就是对通信对待获取请求消息的回应, 可 以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以 是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of obtaining the response message by the communication peer is to respond to the communication request message, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message. The name of the message may be other names, as long as the name The message implements the above functions.

步骤 1015、 1016, 同步骤 811、 812。 当通信对端表由 MAPS维护时, 这两步可以在步骤 1006后执行。当通信对端表由 MAG维护时这两步需要在 步骤 1013、 1014完成后执行。  Steps 1015 and 1016 are the same as steps 811 and 812. When the communication peer table is maintained by the MAPS, these two steps can be performed after step 1006. When the communication peer table is maintained by the MAG, the two steps need to be executed after steps 1013 and 1014 are completed.

步骤 1017, 同步骤 815。  Step 1017, the same step 815.

本实施例中, 也可由 MAG2 MN发送策略修改请求至策略服务器。 发送 方式与 MAPS- MN类拟, 可分为两种方式, 此处不再赘述。 In this embodiment, the policy modification request may also be sent by the MAG2 MN to the policy server. Send The mode is similar to the MAPS-MN class and can be divided into two ways, which are not described here.

本实施例以终端发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略及 地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由于 移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接口 由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 /故障 的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本实施 例的流程。 对于切换场景, 1005步可能是切换请求消息。  This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.) When serving the terminal, all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal, and the flow of this embodiment can still be used. For the handover scenario, step 1005 may be a handover request message.

实施例六  Embodiment 6

图 11是本发明流迁移实施例六, 本实施例适用于 MN指示 MAG2-MN 进行流迁移, 且由 MAG1-MN通知更新对端。 具体包括以下步骤:  11 is a flow migration embodiment 6 of the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG2-MN performs flow migration, and the MAG1-MN notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:

步骤 1101-1112, 同步骤 1001-1012。  Steps 1101-1112, the same steps as 1001-1012.

步骤 1113 , MAPS-MN向 MAG1-MN发送更新对端指示消息, 消息中携 带 MN ID或 MN的 HNP1 , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。  Step 1113: The MAPS-MN sends an update peer indication message to the MAG1-MN, where the message carries the MN ID or the HNP1 of the MN, the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and carries the migration. The connection properties of the stream.

若 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN没有从策略服务器交互获得流 选择策略或者连接属性, 则 MAPS-MN 中的 MN 注册信息表的内容为: MNID-HNP-接口信息, 不存在连接属性。 则本步骤中可以不携带连接属性, 或者 MAPS-MN可以在此步骤中从终端发送的修改后的流选择策略中获得连 接属性, 并携带在消息中。  If the MAPS-MN does not obtain a flow selection policy or a connection attribute from the policy server when the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the content of the MN registration information table in the MAPS-MN is: MNID-HNP-interface information, and no connection attribute exists. . In this step, the connection attribute may not be carried, or the MAPS-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step, and carry it in the message.

步骤 1114, MAGI -MN通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性。 其中,地址映射是指 , MN的 HNP与 MAG-MN地址映射或 HNP与 CoA 的映射。  Step 1114: The MAGI-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute. The address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.

MAGI -MN可在本地维护的通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN, 同时根据 CN查询对应的 MAG-CN地址或 CN的 CoA, 然后向该 MAG-CN (本实施例中指的 MAG-CN1 )发送 CoA更新消息,消息中携带 MN的 HNP, 源 MAG地址(即 MAG1-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地 址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的 连接属性。 或者, MAGl-MN在本地维护的通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN,并获得 CN对应的 MAPS-CN,然后向该 MAPS-CN发送 CoA更新消息, 消息中携带 MN的 HNP, 源 MAG地址(即 MAG1-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。 由 MAPS-CN将该 CoA更新消息转发给 CN的 MAG。 The MAGI-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN's CoA according to the CN, and then to the MAG-CN (the MAG referred to in this embodiment). -CN1) Sends a CoA update message carrying the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie MAG1-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie CoA2) , also carries the connection properties of the migration stream. Alternatively, the MAG1-MN obtains the communication peer CN of the MN in the locally maintained communication peer table, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN. The source MAG address (that is, the MAG1-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.

若在步骤 1113中没有携带连接属性, 则 MAG1-MN可以在此步骤中从 终端发送的修改后的流选择策略中获得连接属性。  If the connection attribute is not carried in step 1113, the MAG1-MN may obtain the connection attribute from the modified stream selection policy sent by the terminal in this step.

CoA更新消息的目的就是将 HNP1与 MAG2-MN的地址映射或者 HNP1 与 CoA2映射及连接属性发送给 MAG-CN。 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只 要该消息携带了上述信息即可。  The purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN. The name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.

步骤 1115 , MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1返回 CoA更新响应消息。  Step 1115: After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally saved MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute.爹 Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message.

CoA更新响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1114的 CoA更新消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1114. The name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1116, MAG1-MN给 MAPS-MN返回更新对端响应消息。  Step 1116, the MAG1-MN returns an update peer response message to the MAPS-MN.

更新对端响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1113的更新对端指示消息,消息 的名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of updating the peer response message is to respond to the update peer indication message of step 1113. The name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1117, 同步骤 1017。  Step 1117, the same as step 1017.

本实施例中策略服务器的更新也可以由 MAG2- MN 发起, 而不需要. MAPS MN执行(即步骤 1108、 I〗09中, 而 MAPS MN改为 MAG2 MN ) 。  The update of the policy server in this embodiment may also be initiated by the MAG2-MN without the MAPS MN performing (ie, in steps 1108, I, 09, and the MAPS MN is changed to MAG2 MN).

本实施例以终端发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略及 地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由于 移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接口 由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 /故障 的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本实施 例的流程。 对于切换场景, 1105步可能是切换请求消息。 This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.) When serving the terminal, you need to switch all the flows on the interface where the switchover/failure occurs to other interfaces on the terminal. You can still use this implementation. The flow of the example. For the handover scenario, step 1105 may be a handover request message.

实施例七  Example 7

图 12是本发明流迁移实施例七, 本实施例适用于 MN指示 MAG1-MN 进行流迁移, 且由 MAG1-MN更新策略服务器和通知更新对端。 具体包括以 下步骤:  12 is a flow migration embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to the MN indicating that the MAG1-MN performs flow migration, and the MAG1-MN updates the policy server and notifies the update peer. Specifically, the following steps are included:

步骤 1201-1205, 同步骤 801-805。  Steps 1201-1205, the same steps as 801-805.

步骤 1206-1207 , MAG1-MN 通知策略服务器修改流选择策略。 MAGI -MN向策略服务器发送策略修改请求消息,消息中携带 MN ID和修改 后的流选择策略。 当策略服务器上存在基于 MN (即跟 MN相关) 的流选择 策略时, 策略服务器使用消息中携带的修改后的流选择策略更新与 MN相关 的流选择策略, 当策略服务器上不存在基于 MN的流选择策略时, 策略服务 器使用消息中携带的修改后的流选择策略为该 MN新增流选择策略。 策略服 务器并返回策略修改响应消息。  In steps 1206-1207, the MAG1-MN notifies the policy server to modify the flow selection policy. The MAGI-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. When there is a flow selection policy based on the MN (that is, related to the MN) on the policy server, the policy server updates the flow selection policy related to the MN by using the modified flow selection policy carried in the message, and there is no MN-based on the policy server. When the flow selection policy is used, the policy server uses the modified flow selection policy carried in the message to add a flow selection policy to the MN. The policy server returns a policy modification response message.

或者, 另一种方式为, 只有当策略服务器上存在基于 MN的流选择策略 时, MAG1-MN才需要执行此步骤, 即发送策略修改请求消息。  Alternatively, the MAG1-MN needs to perform this step only when there is a MN-based flow selection policy on the policy server, that is, the policy modification request message is sent.

策略修改请求消息的目的就是通知策略服务器更新与 MN相关的流选择 策略, 可以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the policy server to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message is implemented. The above functions are all.

策略修改响应消息的目的就是对策略修改请求消息的回应, 可以通过新 增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名 称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message. The name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .

步骤 1208、 1209, 同步骤 913、 914。  Steps 1208 and 1209 are the same as steps 913 and 914.

当步骤 1205中的接口信息为 CoA或 MAG地址时, 可以直接执行步骤 1208、 1209, 否则 MAG1-MN需要先向 MAPS-MN获得 MAG2-MN为 MN 分配的 CoA2或 MAG2-MN地址后再执行步骤 1208, 1209。  If the interface information in the step 1205 is a CoA or a MAG address, the steps 1208 and 1209 may be directly performed. Otherwise, the MAG1-MN needs to obtain the CoA2 or MAG2-MN address allocated by the MAG2-MN to the MN to the MAPS-MN. 1208, 1209.

步骤 1210、 1211 , 同步骤 814、 815。  Steps 1210 and 1211 are the same as steps 814 and 815.

本实施例以终端发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略及 地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由于 移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接口 由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 /故障 的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本实施 例的流程。 对于切换场景, 1205步可能是切换请求消息。 This example uses the flow migration initiated by the terminal as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When a multiple access terminal switches, that is, when the multiple access terminal is When the movement causes the MAG of an interface to change, or when an interface of a multi-access terminal cannot serve the terminal for some reason (such as a failure, etc.), all the interfaces on which the handover/failure occurs will be required. The flow is all switched to other interfaces of the terminal, and the flow of this embodiment can still be used at this time. For the handover scenario, step 1205 may be a handover request message.

在上述实施例三至实施例七的流程中, 对端 MAG的地址映射、 策略更 新过程还可以是由 MAG2-MN 或策略服务器来发起。 在这种情况下, MAG2-MN或策略服务器需要首先获得发生流迁移或切换的 MN的通信对端 信息后再发起更新过程。  In the foregoing process of the third embodiment to the seventh embodiment, the address mapping and policy update process of the peer MAG may also be initiated by the MAG2-MN or the policy server. In this case, the MAG2-MN or the policy server needs to first obtain the communication peer information of the MN in which the flow migration or handover occurs before initiating the update process.

上述各实施例中,发.起对端 MAG CN进行更新,发起策略服务器更新, 发起 MAPS- MN更新的方法在不冲突的情况下可以互相进行组合。  In the foregoing embodiments, the method of updating the peer MAG CN, initiating the policy server update, and initiating the MAPS-MN update may be combined with each other without conflict.

实施例八  Example eight

图 13 是基于图 2 系统架构的场景, 策略服务器发起策略修改、 由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端的流程图。 具体步骤描述如下:  Figure 13 is a flow chart based on the system architecture of Figure 2, where the policy server initiates policy modification and is notified by the MAPS-MN to update the peer. The specific steps are described as follows:

步骤 1301 , 多接入终端 MN已经接入到 PMIPv6域内, 并使用接口 1通 过 MAG1-MN在 MAPS-MN 完成注册, 使用接口 2 通过 MAG2-MN在 MAPS-MN完成注册。  Step 1301: The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.

步骤 1302, MN在接口 1上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN与 CN1的数据 才艮文如本步骤所示为 MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl ^CNl。  Step 1302, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1. The data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl ^CNl.

步骤 1303 , MN在接口 2上与 CN2进行数据通信。 MN与 CN2的数据 ^艮文如本步骤所示为 MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2。  Step 1303: The MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2. The data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2.

步骤 1304-1305 , 策略服务器基于负荷分担、 信号强度、 用户意愿、 网 络规划、或运营维护等考虑,流选择策略发生改变。策略服务器向 MAPS-MN 发送策略修改请求消息, 携带修改后的流选择策略, 可选携带 MN ID。  In steps 1304-1305, the policy server changes the flow selection policy based on load sharing, signal strength, user intention, network planning, or operation and maintenance. The policy server sends a policy modification request message to the MAPS-MN, and carries the modified flow selection policy, optionally carrying the MN ID.

MAPS-MN返回策略修改响应消息。 The MAPS-MN returns a policy modification response message.

策略修改请求消息的目的就是通知 MAPS更新相关的流选择策略 ,可以 通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是 其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the related flow selection policy, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message. The name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above function. can.

策略修改响应消息的目的就是对策略修改请求消息的回应, 可以通过新 增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名 称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。 The purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message. The message can be implemented by modifying the existing message. The name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.

步骤 1307 , 由于流选择策略发生改变 (如, 高 QoS级别对应的网关由 MAG1更改为 MAG2 ) , MAPS-MN在检查更新的流选择策略是否与 MN的 连接属性相关 (如, MN是否同时通过 MAG1和 MAG2进行注册)后, 发 送流迁移指示消息给 MAG1-MN或者 MAG2-MN。消息中需要携带 MN标识 ( MN ID ) 、 目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选的携带源接口信息 和需要迁移的流信息。 如果流迁移指示消息是发送给 MAG1-MN , 则 MAGI -MN可以删除相关的流或连接属性。  Step 1307, because the flow selection policy changes (for example, the gateway corresponding to the high QoS level is changed from MAG1 to MAG2), the MAPS-MN checks whether the updated flow selection policy is related to the connection attribute of the MN (for example, whether the MN passes the MAG1 at the same time) After registration with MAG2, a flow migration indication message is sent to MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN. The message carries the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If the flow migration indication message is sent to the MAG1-MN, the MAGI-MN may delete the associated flow or connection attribute.

其中, 目标接口信息是指需要将流迁移到的目标接口的相关信息, 至少 包括以下之一: 终端接口 2的 linklocal地址、 MAG2的 MAC地址、 CoA2、 终端接口 2的接口标识、 终端接口 2的 MAC地址。  The target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.

源接口信息是指需要将流迁移出的源接口的相关信息, 至少包括以下之 一: 终端接口 1的 linklocal地址、 MAG1的 MAC地址、 CoAl、 终端接口 1 的接口标识、 终端接口 1的 MAC地址。  The source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. .

需要迁移的流信息是指需要迁移的流相关信息, 用来确定具体的流, 可 以是五元组, 也可以是其它的指示信息。 当需要迁移接口上的个别流时, 需 要携带该信息, 若将接口上所有的流都迁移, 则可以不携带该字段。  The flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. When you need to migrate individual flows on an interface, you need to carry this information. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.

流迁移指示消息的目的就是通知 MAG进行流迁移, 并携带相关的接口 信息和流信息 ,可以通过新增消息来实现,也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message. The name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.

步骤 1308 , MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN转发收到的流迁移指示消息给 ΜΝ。 消息中需要携带目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选的携带源接口信 息和需要迁移的流信息。  Step 1308: The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the ΜΝ. The message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.

步骤 1309,可选步骤。网络发起流迁移,意味着流选择策略发生了改变, 当 MAPS-MN上存在基于 ΜΝ (即跟 ΜΝ相关)的流选择策略时, 需要更新 该策略,执行此步骤。 MAPS-MN根据步骤 1304中携带的修改后的流选择策 略更新本地的与 MN相关的流选择策略。 该步骤在 1304之后发生, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。 Step 1309, an optional step. The network initiates the flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed. When there is a flow selection policy based on ΜΝ (that is, related to ΜΝ) on the MAPS-MN, the policy needs to be updated, and this step is performed. The MAPS-MN updates the local MN-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy carried in step 1304. This step occurs after 1304 and has no sequence with the other steps.

步骤 1310, 可选步骤。 当 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN与策略 服务器交互获得了流选择策略或者连接属性,则执行此步骤。为了防止当 CN 主动发送数据包时, 选择到已经迁移走的接口上(即接口 1上), MAPS-MN 需要更新 MN注册信息表, 将 HNP1-源接口信息-连接属性 1修改为 HNP1- 目标接口信息-连接属性 1。  Step 1310, an optional step. When the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or connection attribute, and then performs this step. To prevent the CN from actively transmitting packets, select the interface that has been migrated (that is, on interface 1), MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and modify HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1.

本步骤在步骤 1304后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  This step can be performed after step 1304, and there is no order with other steps.

步骤 1311 , MAPS-MN通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性。 本步骤在步骤 1304后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1311: The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute. This step can be performed after step 1304, and there is no order with other steps.

其中, 地址映射是指 , MN的 HNP与 MAG-MN地址映射, 或者 MN的 The address mapping refers to the mapping between the MN's HNP and the MAG-MN address, or the MN's

HNP与 CoA的映射。 HNP and CoA mapping.

MAPS-MN可在本地维护的通信对端表中或者从 MAGI -MN获得的通信 对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN , 同时根据 CN查询对应的 MAG-CN 地址或 CN的 CoA, 然后向该 MAG-CN (本实施例中指的 MAG-CN1 )发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG地址(即 MAGI -MN地 址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。 通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN, 并获得 CN对应的 MAPS-CN, 然后向该 MAPS-CN发送 CoA更新消息, 消息中携带 MN的 HNP, 源 MAG 地址(即 MAG1-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属 性。 由 MAPS-CN将该 CoA更新消息转发给 CN的 MAG。  The MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.

CoA更新消息的目的就是将 HNP1与 MAG2-MN的地址映射或者 HNP1 与 CoA2映射及连接属性发送给 MAG-CN。 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只 要该消息携带了上述信息即可。  The purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN. The name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.

步骤 1312, MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAGl-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1返回 CoA更新响应消息。本步骤在步骤 1311后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。 Step 1312: After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, and updates the locally saved MN address mapping table to the HNP1-CoAl (or MAGl-MN address) - The connection attribute is changed to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1311, and there is no order with other steps.

CoA更新响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1312的 CoA更新消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1312, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1313 , MN给 MAGI -MN或 MAG2-MN返回流迁移响应消息。 流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1308的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  Step 1313: The MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAGI-MN or the MAG2-MN. The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1308. The name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

本步骤在完成 1308后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  This step can be executed after completing 1308, and there is no order with other steps.

步骤 1314 , MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN给 MAPS-MN返回流迁移响应消 息。  In step 1314, MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the MAPS-MN.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1307的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1307, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1315 , 流迁移完成后 MN在接口 2上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN 与 CN1的数据报文如本步骤所示为 MN OMAG2-MN ^MAG-CNl ^CNl。  Step 1315: After the stream migration is completed, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 2. The data message of MN and CN1 is MN OMAG2-MN ^MAG-CNl ^CNl as shown in this step.

本实施例以网络侧发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略 及地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由 于移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接 口由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 / 故障的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本 实施例的流程。 对于切换场景, 1307和 1308步可能是切换请求消息。  This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.) When serving the terminal, all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal. The flow of this embodiment can still be used. For handover scenarios, steps 1307 and 1308 may be handover request messages.

存在如下两种对终端所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two methods for modifying the flow selection policy of the terminal as follows:

更新终端方法一:  Update terminal method one:

如图 13提到,在 MAPS-MN获取修改的流选择策略之后执行步骤 1307、 步骤 1308、 步骤 1313和步骤 1314。  As mentioned in Figure 13, step 1307, step 1308, step 1313 and step 1314 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.

更新终端方法二:  Update terminal method two:

可以由策略服务器在流选择策略发生改变后, 向 MAG1-MN 或者 MAG2-MN直接发送流迁移指示消息, 以替换图 13中的步骤 1307。 消息中 需要携带 MN标识( MN ID ) 、 目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选 的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 如果发送给 MAG1-MN , 则 MAGI -MN可以删除相关的流或连接属性。 同时, MAGI -MN或 MAG2-MN 给策略服务器返回流迁移响应消息, 以替换图 13中的步骤 1314。 步骤 1308 和步骤 1313无需改变。 Can be changed to the MAG1-MN by the policy server after the flow selection policy is changed. The MAG2-MN directly sends a stream migration indication message to replace step 1307 in FIG. The message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAGI-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute. At the same time, MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the policy server to replace step 1314 in FIG. Steps 1308 and 1313 do not need to be changed.

存在如下两种对 MAG-CN所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two ways to modify the MAG-CN stored flow selection policy:

更新 MAG-CN方法一:  Update MAG-CN Method 1:

如图 13提到, 在 MAPS-MN获取修改的流选择策略之后执行步骤 1311 和步骤 1312。  As mentioned in Figure 13, step 1311 and step 1312 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.

更新 MAG-CN方法二:  Update MAG-CN Method 2:

由 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN在获得修改后的流选择策略信息或者策略 服务器在决定进行流选择策略修改后, 通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连 接属性, 以替换上述步骤 1311。 同时, MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息 中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性,更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射 表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性修改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 ) 國连接属性。 MAG-CN1向 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN或策 略服务器返回 CoA更新响应消息, 以替换上述步骤 1312。  After the modified flow selection policy information is obtained by the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN, the policy server notifies the MAG to update the address mapping and the connection attribute of the peer end to replace the above step 1311. At the same time, after receiving the message, MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and modifies the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. For the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. The MAG-CN1 returns a CoA Update Response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the policy server to replace the above step 1312.

在网络侧决定更改流选择策略之后, 需要分别对终端、 MAPS 和 MAG-CN进行策略更新, 对各网元(终端、 MAPS和 MAG-CN )进行流选 择策略的更新具有上述多种方式, 在更新时各种方式可以任意组合来完成相 关网元的信息修改, 在此不再——举例、 重复描述。  After the network side decides to change the flow selection policy, it needs to perform policy update on the terminal, MAPS, and MAG-CN respectively. The flow selection policy update for each network element (terminal, MAPS, and MAG-CN) has the above multiple methods. When updating, various methods can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description.

实施例九  Example nine

图 14 是基于图 2 系统架构的场景, MAPS-MN 发起策略修改、 由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端的流程图。 具体步骤描述如下:  Figure 14 is a flow chart based on the system architecture of Figure 2, where the MAPS-MN initiates policy modification and the MAPS-MN notifies the peer. The specific steps are described as follows:

步骤 1401 , 多接入终端 MN已经接入到 PMIPv6域内, 并使用接口 1通 过 MAG1-MN在 MAPS-MN 完成注册, 使用接口 2 通过 MAG2-MN在 MAPS-MN完成注册。 步骤 1402, MN在接口 1上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN与 CN1的数据 才艮文如本步骤所示为 MN MAGI-MN MAG-CNI ^CNl。 Step 1401: The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN. In step 1402, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1. The data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGI-MN MAG-CNI ^CNl.

步骤 1403 , MN在接口 2上与 CN2进行数据通信。 MN与 CN2的数据 才艮文如本步骤所示为 MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CN2oCN2。  Step 1403: The MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2. The data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CN2oCN2.

步骤 1404, MAPS-MN基于负荷分担、信号强度、用户意愿、网络规划、 或运营维护等考虑, 准备发起从 MAG1到 MAG2的流迁移或者准备修改流 选择策略。  Step 1404: The MAPS-MN prepares to initiate a flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 or prepares to modify a flow selection policy based on load sharing, signal strength, user intention, network planning, or operation and maintenance.

步骤 1405和步骤 1406 , MAPS-MN向策略服务器发送策略修改请求消 息, 消息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择策略。 策略服务器更新与 MN相 关的流选择策略, 并返回策略修改响应消息。 该步骤在 1404之后发生, 与其 他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1405 and step 1406, the MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. The Policy Server updates the MN-related flow selection policy and returns a policy modification response message. This step occurs after 1404, and there are no other steps in the other steps.

策略修改请求消息的目的就是通知 MAPS更新与 MN相关的流选择策略 , 可以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可 以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above The function is OK.

策略修改响应消息的目的就是对策略修改请求消息的回应, 可以通过新 增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名 称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message. The name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .

步骤 1407 , 由于流选择策略发生改变 (如, 高 QoS级别对应的网关由 MAG1更改为 MAG2 ) , MAPS-MN发送流迁移指示消息给 MAG1-MN或者 MAG2-MN。 消息中需要携带 MN标识 ( MN ID ) 、 目标接口信息和修改后 的流选择策略, 可选的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 如果发送给 MAG1-MN, 则 MAG1-MN 可以删除相关的流或连接属性。 该步骤在 1404 之后发生, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1407: The MAPS-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN because the flow selection policy changes (for example, the gateway corresponding to the high QoS level is changed from MAG1 to MAG2). The message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy, optionally carrying the source interface information and the flow information to be migrated. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAG1-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute. This step occurs after 1404, in no order with the other steps.

其中, 目标接口信息是指需要将流迁移到的目标接口的相关信息, 至少 包括以下之一: 终端接口 2的 linklocal地址、 MAG2的 MAC地址、 CoA2、 终端接口 2的接口标识、 终端接口 2的 MAC地址。  The target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.

源接口信息是指需要将流迁移出的源接口的相关信息, 至少包括以下之 一: 终端接口 1的 linklocal地址、 MAG1的 MAC地址、 CoAl、 终端接口 1 的接口标识、 终端接口 1的 MAC地址。 The source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, and terminal interface 1 The interface identifier, the MAC address of the terminal interface 1.

需要迁移的流信息是指需要迁移的流相关信息, 用来确定具体的流, 可 以是五元组, 也可以是其它的指示信息。 当需要迁移接口上的个别流时, 需 要携带该信息, 若将接口上所有的流都迁移, 则可以不携带该字段。  The flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. When you need to migrate individual flows on an interface, you need to carry this information. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.

流迁移指示消息的目的就是通知 MAG进行流迁移, 并携带相关的接口 信息和流信息,可以通过新增消息来实现,也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MAG to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message. The name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.

步骤 1408 , MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN转发收到的流迁移指示消息给 ΜΝ。 消息中需要携带目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选的携带源接口信 息和需要迁移的流信息。  Step 1408: The MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN forwards the received flow migration indication message to the UI. The message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.

步骤 1409,可选步骤。网络发起流迁移,意味着流选择策略发生了改变, 当 MAPS-MN上存在基于 ΜΝ (即跟 ΜΝ相关)的流选择策略时, 需要更新 该策略,执行此步骤。 MAPS-MN根据步骤 1404中修改后的流选择策略更新 本地的与终端相关的流选择策略。该步骤在 1404之后发生,与其他步骤无先 后顺序。  Step 1409, an optional step. The network initiates the flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed. When there is a flow selection policy based on ΜΝ (that is, related to the MA) on the MAPS-MN, the policy needs to be updated and this step is performed. The MAPS-MN updates the local terminal-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy in step 1404. This step occurs after 1404 and has no prior sequence with the other steps.

步骤 1410, 可选步骤。 当 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN与策略 服务器交互获得了流选择策略或者获得了连接属性, 则执行此步骤。 为了防 止当 CN主动发送数据包时, 选择到已经迁移走的接口上(即接口 1上) , MAPS-MN需要更新 MN注册信息表,从 HNP1-源接口信息-连接属性 1修改 为 HNP1-目标接口信息-连接属性 1。 本步骤在步骤 1404后即可执行, 与其 他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1410, an optional step. When the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step. To prevent the CN from actively transmitting packets, select the interface that has been migrated (that is, on interface 1), MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1. This step can be performed after step 1404, and there is no order for other steps.

步骤 1411 , MAPS-MN通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性。 本 步骤在步骤 1404后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1411: The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the peer end of the address mapping and connection attributes. This step can be performed after step 1404, and there is no order with other steps.

其中,地址映射是指 , MN的 HNP与 MAG-MN地址映射或 HNP与 CoA 的映射。  The address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.

MAPS-MN可在本地维护的通信对端表中或者从 MAGI -MN获得的通信 对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN , 同时根据 CN查询对应的 MAG-CN 地址或 CN的 CoA, 然后向该 MAG-CN (本实施例中指的 MAG-CN1 )发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG地址(即 MAGI -MN地 址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。 通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN, 并获得 CN对应的 MAPS-CN, 然后向该 MAPS-CN发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG 地址(即 MAG1-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属 性。 由 MAPS-CN将该 CoA更新消息转发给 CN的 MAG。 The MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Send to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 referred to in this embodiment) CoA update message, the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie CoAl), the target MAG address (ie MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie CoA2), and also carries The connection property of the migration stream. The communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.

CoA更新消息的目的就是将 HNP1与 MAG2-MN的地址映射或者 HNP1 与 CoA2映射及连接属性发送给 MAG-CN。 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只 要该消息携带了上述信息即可。  The purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN. The name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.

步骤 1412 , MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1返回 CoA更新响应消息。本步骤在步骤 1411后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1412: After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute.爹 Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1411, and there is no order with other steps.

CoA更新响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1412的 CoA更新消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1412, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1413 , MN给 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN返回流迁移响应消息。 流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1408的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  Step 1413: The MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN. The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1408, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

本步骤在完成 1408后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  This step can be performed after completing 1408, and there is no order with other steps.

步骤 1414, MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN给 MAPS-MN返回流迁移响应消 息。  In step 1414, the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the MAPS-MN.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1407的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1407, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1415 , 流迁移完成后 MN在接口 2上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN 与 CN1的数据报文如本步骤所示为 MN oMAG2-MN oMAG-CNl oCNl。 本实施例以网络侧发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略 及地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由 于移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接 口由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 / 故障的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本 实施例的流程。 对于切换场景, 1407和 1408步可能是切换请求消息。 Step 1415: After the flow migration is completed, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on the interface 2. MN The data message with CN1 is MN oMAG2-MN oMAG-CNl oCNl as shown in this step. This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.) When serving the terminal, all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal. The flow of this embodiment can still be used. For handover scenarios, steps 1407 and 1408 may be handover request messages.

存在如下两种对终端所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two methods for modifying the flow selection policy of the terminal as follows:

更新终端方法一:  Update terminal method one:

如图 14提到, 在 MAPS-MN决定修改流选择策略之后执行步骤 1407、 步骤 1408、 步骤 1413和步骤 1414。  As mentioned in Figure 14, step 1407, step 1408, step 1413 and step 1414 are performed after the MAPS-MN decides to modify the stream selection policy.

更新终端方法二:  Update terminal method two:

可以由策略服务器在获取新的流选择策略后, 向 MAG1-MN 或者 MAG2-MN直接发送流迁移指示消息, 以替换图 14中的步骤 1407。 消息中 需要携带 MN标识( MN ID ) 、 目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选 的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 如果发送给 MAG1-MN , 则 MAGI -MN可以删除相关的流或连接属性。 同时, MAGI -MN或 MAG2-MN 给策略服务器返回流迁移响应消息, 以替换图 14中的步骤 1414。 步骤 1408 和步骤 1413无需改变。  After obtaining the new flow selection policy, the policy server may directly send a flow migration indication message to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN to replace the step 1407 in FIG. The message carries the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAGI-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute. At the same time, MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN returns a stream migration response message to the policy server to replace step 1414 in FIG. Steps 1408 and 1413 do not need to be changed.

存在如下两种对 MAG-CN所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two ways to modify the MAG-CN stored flow selection policy:

更新 MAG-CN方法一:  Update MAG-CN Method 1:

如图 14提到,在 MAPS-MN决定进行流选择策略修改之后执行步骤 1411 和步骤 1412。 更新 MAG-CN方法二:  As mentioned in Figure 14, steps 1411 and 1412 are performed after the MAPS-MN decides to make a stream selection policy modification. Update MAG-CN Method 2:

由 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN或策略服务器在获得修改后的流选择策略 信息后,通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性,以替换上述步骤 1411。 同时, MAG-CN收到该消息后,获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连 接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表,将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN 地址) -连接属性修改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址) -连接属性。 After obtaining the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN or the policy server notifies the MAG update address mapping and connection attribute of the opposite end to replace the above step 1411. At the same time, after receiving the message, the MAG-CN obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, and updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN) Address) - The connection attribute is modified to HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) - connection attribute.

MAG-CN1向 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN或策略服务器返回 CoA更新响应消 息, 以替换上述步骤 1412。 MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the policy server to replace step 1412 above.

存在如下两种对策略服务器所存流选择策略进行修改方法:  There are two ways to modify the flow selection policy of the policy server:

更新策略服务器方法一:  Update Policy Server Method One:

如图 14提到, 在 MAPS-MN获取修改的流选择策略之后执行步骤 1405 和步骤 1406。  As mentioned in Figure 14, step 1405 and step 1406 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.

更新策略服务器方法二:  Update Policy Server Method 2:

由 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN在获得修改后的流选择策略信息后, 向策 略服务器发送策略修改请求消息,消息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择策略。 策略服务器更新与 MN相关的流选择策略, 并返回策略修改响应消息, 以替 换上述步骤 1405和步骤 1406。  After obtaining the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. The policy server updates the flow selection policy associated with the MN and returns a policy modification response message to replace step 1405 and step 1406 above.

在网络侧决定更改流选择策略之后, 需要分别对终端、 MAPS-MN、 策 略服务器和 MAG-CN进行策略更新, 对各网元(终端、 MAPS-MN、 策略服 务器和 MAG-CN )进行流选择策略的更新具有上述多种方式, 在更新时各种 方式可以任意组合来完成相关网元的信息修改, 在此不再——举例、 重复描 述。 此外, 策略服务器上如果不存放与 MN相关的策略, 则也可以不对策略 服务器执行流选择策略更新的操作。  After the network side decides to change the flow selection policy, it needs to perform policy update on the terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN respectively, and perform flow selection on each network element (terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN). The policy update has the above multiple manners. In the update, various modes can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description. In addition, if the policy related to the MN is not stored on the policy server, the operation of the flow selection policy update may not be performed on the policy server.

实施例十  Example ten

图 15 是基于图 2 系统架构的场景, MAG1-MN发起策略修改、 由 Figure 15 is a scenario based on the system architecture of Figure 2, MAG1-MN initiates policy modification, by

MAPS-MN通知更新对端的流程图。 具体步骤描述如下: The MAPS-MN notifies the flow chart of updating the peer. The specific steps are described as follows:

步骤 1501 , 多接入终端 MN已经接入到 PMIPv6域内, 并使用接口 1通 过 MAG1-MN在 MAPS-MN 完成注册, 使用接口 2 通过 MAG2-MN在 MAPS-MN完成注册。  Step 1501: The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.

步骤 1502, MN在接口 1上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN与 CN1的数据 才艮文如本步骤所示为 MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl CNl。  Step 1502, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1. The data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl CNl.

步骤 1503 , MN在接口 2上与 CN2进行数据通信。 MN与 CN2的数据 才艮文如本步骤所示为 MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CN2oCN2。 步骤 1504, MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN基于负荷分担、 信号强度、 用户 意愿、 网络规划、 或运营维护等考虑, 准备发起从 MAG1到 MAG2的流迁 移或者准备修改流选择策略。 步骤 1504a, MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN发送流迁移指示消息给 MAPS-MN。 消息中需要携带 MN标识( MN ID )、目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 同时可选的携带 MN的通信对 端表(即所有与 MN通信的对端的 HoA或 HNP或 ID ) 。 Step 1503, the MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2. The data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MNoMAG2-MNoMAG-CN2oCN2. Step 1504: MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN prepares to initiate a flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 or prepares to modify a flow selection policy based on load sharing, signal strength, user intention, network planning, or operation and maintenance. Step 1504a, MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN. The message needs to carry the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. At the same time, it is optional to carry the communication peer table of the MN (that is, all HoA or HNP or ID of the peer that communicates with the MN).

其中, 当 MN的通信对端表由 MAPS负责维护时, 可以不携带该信息, 否则必须携带该字段。  When the communication peer table of the MN is maintained by the MAPS, the information may not be carried, otherwise the field must be carried.

步骤 1505 - 1506, MAPS-MN向策略服务器发送策略修改请求消息, 消 息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择策略。 策略服务器更新与 MN相关的流 选择策略, 并返回策略修改响应消息。 该步骤在 1504之后发生, 与其他步骤 无先后顺序。  Steps 1505 - 1506, the MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. The Policy Server updates the MN-related flow selection policy and returns a policy modification response message. This step occurs after 1504, in no order with the other steps.

策略修改请求消息的目的就是通知 MAPS更新与 MN相关的流选择策略 , 可以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过 ^ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可 以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with the existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the name The message implements the above functions.

策略修改响应消息的目的就是对策略修改请求消息的回应, 可以通过新 增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名 称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message. The name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .

步骤 1508,可选步骤。网络发起流迁移,意味着流选择策略发生了改变, 当 MAPS-MN上存在基于 MN (即跟 MN相关)的流选择策略时, 需要更新 该策略, 执行此步骤。 MAPS-MN根据步骤 1504a中修改后的流选择策略更 新本地的与终端相关的流选择策略。 该步骤在 1504a之后发生, 与其他步骤 无先后顺序。  Step 1508, an optional step. The network initiates the flow migration, which means that the flow selection policy has changed. When there is a flow selection policy based on the MN (that is, related to the MN) on the MAPS-MN, the policy needs to be updated, and this step is performed. The MAPS-MN updates the local terminal-related flow selection policy according to the modified flow selection policy in step 1504a. This step occurs after 1504a, in no order with the other steps.

步骤 1509, 可选步骤。 当 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN与策略 服务器交互获得了流选择策略或者获得了连接属性, 则执行此步骤。 为了防 止当 CN主动发送数据包时, 选择到已经迁移走的接口上(即接口 1上) , MAPS-MN需要更新 MN注册信息表,从 HNP1-源接口信息-连接属性 1修改 为 HNP1-目标接口信息-连接属性 1。 本步骤在步骤 1504a后即可执行, 与其 他步骤无先后顺序。 Step 1509, an optional step. When the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step. To prevent the CN from actively transmitting packets, select the interface that has been migrated (that is, on interface 1), MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1. This step can be performed after step 1504a, instead His steps are in no order.

步骤 1510, MAPS-MN通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性。 本 步骤在步骤 1504a后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1510: The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the peer end of the address mapping and connection attributes. This step can be performed after step 1504a, and there is no order with other steps.

其中,地址映射是指 , MN的 HNP与 MAG-MN地址映射或 HNP与 CoA 的映射。  The address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.

MAPS-MN可在本地维护的通信对端表中或者从 MAGI -MN获得的通信 对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN , 同时根据 CN查询对应的 MAG-CN 地址或 CN的 CoA, 然后向该 MAG-CN (本实施例中指的 MAG-CN1 )发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG地址(即 MAGI -MN地 址)或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。 通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN, 并获得 CN对应的 MAPS-CN, 然后向该 MAPS-CN发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG 地址(即 MAG1-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属 性。 由 MAPS-CN将该 CoA更新消息转发给 CN的 MAG。  The MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.

CoA更新消息的目的就是将 HNP1与 MAG2-MN的地址映射或者 HNP1 与 CoA2映射及连接属性发送给 MAG-CN。 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只 要该消息携带了上述信息即可。  The purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN. The name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.

步骤 1511 , MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1返回 CoA更新响应消息。本步骤在步骤 1510后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1511: After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address or the CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute.爹 Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1510, and there is no order with other steps.

CoA更新响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1511的 CoA更新消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1511, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1512, MAPS-MN给 MAGI -MN或 MAG2-MN返回流迁移响应消 息。 Step 1512: The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response to the MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN. Interest.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1504a的流迁移指示消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1504a, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

本步骤在完成 1504a即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  This step can be performed after completing 1504a, and there is no order with other steps.

步骤 1513 , MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN发送流迁移指示消息给 MN。 消息 中需要携带目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选的携带源接口信息和 需要迁移的流信息。  Step 1513: The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MN. The message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.

本步骤在完成 1504后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  This step can be performed after completing 1504, and there is no order with other steps.

其中, 目标接口信息是指需要将流迁移到的目标接口的相关信息, 至少 包括以下之一: 终端接口 2的 linklocal地址、 MAG2的 MAC地址、 CoA2、 终端接口 2的接口标识、 终端接口 2的 MAC地址。  The target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.

源接口信息是指需要将流迁移出的源接口的相关信息, 至少包括以下之 一: 终端接口 1的 linklocal地址、 MAG1的 MAC地址、 CoAl、 终端接口 1 的接口标识、 终端接口 1的 MAC地址。  The source interface information refers to the information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least one of the following: linklocal address of terminal interface 1, MAC address of MAG1, CoAl, interface identifier of terminal interface 1, and MAC address of terminal interface 1. .

需要迁移的流信息是指需要迁移的流相关信息, 用来确定具体的流, 可 以是五元组, 也可以是其它的指示信息。 当需要迁移接口上的个别流时, 需 要携带该信息, 若将接口上所有的流都迁移, 则可以不携带该字段。  The flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. When you need to migrate individual flows on an interface, you need to carry this information. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.

流迁移指示消息的目的就是通知 MN进行流迁移, 并携带相关的接口信 息和流信息, 可以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MN to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message. The name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.

步骤 1514, ΜΝ给 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN返回流迁移响应消息。 流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1513的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称,只要该消息完成上述功能即可。本步骤在完成 1513即可 执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  In step 1514, the flow migration response message is returned to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN. The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1513, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions. This step can be performed after completing 1513, and there is no order with other steps.

步骤 1515 , 流迁移完成后 ΜΝ在接口 2上与 CN1进行数据通信。 ΜΝ 与 CN1的数据报文如本步骤所示为 MN MAG2-MN MAG-CNl CNl。  In step 1515, after the stream migration is completed, data communication with CN1 is performed on interface 2.数据 The data message with CN1 is MN MAG2-MN MAG-CNl CNl as shown in this step.

本实施例以网络侧发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略 及地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由 于移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接 口由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 / 故障的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本 实施例的流程。 对于切换场景, 1504a和 1513步可能是切换请求消息。 This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When multiple access terminals switch, that is, when multiple access terminals are When the movement causes the MAG of an interface to change, or when an interface of the multiple access terminal cannot serve the terminal for some reason (such as a failure, etc.), it needs to be on the interface where the handover/failure occurs. All the flows are switched to other interfaces of the terminal, and the flow of this embodiment can still be used at this time. For handover scenarios, steps 1504a and 1513 may be handover request messages.

存在如下两种对 MAPS-MN所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two methods for modifying the flow selection policy stored in the MAPS-MN:

更新 MAPS-MN方法一:  Update MAPS-MN Method 1:

如图 15提到,在 MAG1-MN在决定修改流选择策略之后执行步骤 1504a 和步骤 1512。  As mentioned in Figure 15, step 1504a and step 1512 are performed after MAG1-MN decides to modify the stream selection policy.

更新 MAPS-MN方法二:  Update MAPS-MN Method 2:

可以由策略服务器在获取新的流选择策略后, 向 MAPS-MN直接发送策 略修改请求消息, 携带修改后的流选择策略, 可选带 MN ID。 MAPS-MN返 回策略修改响应消息, 以替换图 15中的步骤 1504a和 1512。 此时策略服务 器获取新的流选择策略的方式可以是: MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN向策略服务 器发送策略修改请求消息, 消息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择策略。  After obtaining the new flow selection policy, the policy server may directly send a policy modification request message to the MAPS-MN, and carry the modified flow selection policy, optionally with the MN ID. The MAPS-MN returns a policy modification response message to replace steps 1504a and 1512 in FIG. The method for obtaining the new flow selection policy by the policy server may be: MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy.

存在如下两种对 MAG-CN所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two ways to modify the MAG-CN stored flow selection policy:

更新 MAG-CN方法一:  Update MAG-CN Method 1:

如图 15提到,在 MAPS-MN获得修改后的流选择策略之后执行步骤 1510 和步骤 1511。  As mentioned in Fig. 15, step 1510 and step 1511 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.

更新 MAG-CN方法二:  Update MAG-CN Method 2:

由 MAGI -MN或 MAG2-MN或策略服务器在决定或获得修改后的流选 择策略信息后, 通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性, 以替换上述步 骤 1510。 同时, MAG-CN收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1向 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN或策略服务器返回 CoA更新 响应消息, 以替换上述步骤 1511。  After the MAGI-MN or the MAG2-MN or the policy server determines or obtains the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG of the opposite end is notified to update the address mapping and the connection attribute to replace the above step 1510. At the same time, after receiving the message, the MAG-CN obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. The MAG-CN1 returns a CoA Update Response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the Policy Server to replace the above step 1511.

存在如下两种对策略服务器所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two ways to modify the flow selection policy of the policy server:

更新策略服务器方法一: 如图 15提到, 在 MAPS-MN获取修改的流选择策略之后执行步骤 1505 和步骤 1506。 Update Policy Server Method One: As mentioned in FIG. 15, step 1505 and step 1506 are performed after the MAPS-MN acquires the modified stream selection policy.

更新策略服务器方法二:  Update Policy Server Method 2:

由 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN在决定进行流选择策略修改后, 向策略服 务器发送策略修改请求消息, 消息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择策略。 策 略服务器更新与 MN相关的流选择策略, 并返回策略修改响应消息, 以替换 上述步骤 1505和步骤 1506。  After the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN decides to modify the flow selection policy, it sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. The policy server updates the flow selection policy associated with the MN and returns a policy modification response message to replace step 1505 and step 1506 above.

在网络侧决定更改流选择策略之后, 需要分别对终端、 MAPS-MN、 策 略服务器和 MAG-CN进行策略更新, 对各网元(终端、 MAPS-MN、 策略服 务器和 MAG-CN )进行流选择策略的更新具有上述多种方式, 在更新时各种 方式可以任意组合来完成相关网元的信息修改, 在此不再——举例、 重复描 述。 此外, 策略服务器上如果不存放与 MN相关的策略, 则也可以不对策略 服务器执行流选择策略更新的操作。  After the network side decides to change the flow selection policy, it needs to perform policy update on the terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN respectively, and perform flow selection on each network element (terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN). The policy update has the above multiple manners. In the update, various modes can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description. In addition, if the policy related to the MN is not stored on the policy server, the operation of the flow selection policy update may not be performed on the policy server.

实施例十一  Embodiment 11

图 16是基于图 2系统架构的场景, MAG1-MN通知 MAPS-MN发起策 略修改、 由 MAPS-MN通知更新对端的流程图。 具体步骤描述如下:  FIG. 16 is a flowchart of the system architecture of FIG. 2, the MAG1-MN notifying the MAPS-MN to initiate policy modification, and the MAPS-MN notifying the update peer. The specific steps are described as follows:

步骤 1601 , 多接入终端 MN已经接入到 PMIPv6域内, 并使用接口 1通 过 MAG1-MN在 MAPS-MN 完成注册, 使用接口 2 通过 MAG2-MN在 MAPS-MN完成注册。  Step 1601: The multiple access terminal MN has accessed the PMIPv6 domain, and uses the interface 1 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG1-MN, and uses the interface 2 to complete the registration in the MAPS-MN through the MAG2-MN.

步骤 1602, MN在接口 1上与 CN1进行数据通信。 MN与 CN1的数据 才艮文如本步骤所示为 MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl ^CNl。  Step 1602, the MN performs data communication with CN1 on interface 1. The data of MN and CN1 is as shown in this step as MN MAGl-MN MAG-CNl ^CNl.

步骤 1603 , MN在接口 2上与 CN2进行数据通信。 MN与 CN2的数据 才艮文如本步骤所示为 MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2。  Step 1603, the MN performs data communication with CN2 on interface 2. The data of MN and CN2 is as shown in this step as MN MAG2-MN MAG-CN2 CN2.

步骤 1604 , MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN基于负荷分担、 信号强度、 用户 意愿、 网络规划、 或运营维护等考虑, 准备发起从 MAG1到 MAG2的流迁 移。  Step 1604: MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN prepares to initiate flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 based on load sharing, signal strength, user willingness, network planning, or operation and maintenance.

步骤 1605 , MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN发送流迁移指示消息给 MAPS-MN。 消息中需要携带 MN标识( MN ID ) 、 源接口信息。 步骤 1606, MAPS-MN确定迁移的目标 MAG ( MAG2 ) 以及流选择策 略, 准备发起从 MAG1到 MAG2的流迁移或者准备修改流选择策略。 Step 1605: The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MAPS-MN. The message needs to carry the MN identity (MN ID) and source interface information. Step 1606: The MAPS-MN determines the migrated target MAG (MAG2) and the flow selection policy, prepares to initiate a flow migration from MAG1 to MAG2 or prepares to modify the flow selection policy.

步骤 1607和步骤 1608, MAPS-MN向策略服务器发送策略修改请求消 息, 消息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择策略。 策略服务器更新与 MN相 关的流选择策略, 并返回策略修改响应消息。 该步骤在 1606之后发生, 与其 他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1607 and step 1608, the MAPS-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. The Policy Server updates the MN-related flow selection policy and returns a policy modification response message. This step occurs after 1606, and there are no other steps in the other steps.

策略修改请求消息的目的就是通知 MAPS更新与 MN相关的流选择策略 , 可以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可 以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification request message is to notify the MAPS to update the flow selection policy related to the MN, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message, and the name of the message may be another name, as long as the message implements the above The function is OK.

策略修改响应消息的目的就是对策略修改请求消息的回应, 可以通过新 增消息来实现, 也可以通过修改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名 称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the policy modification response message is to respond to the policy modification request message, which can be implemented by adding a new message, or by modifying an existing message. The name of the message can be other names, as long as the message implements the above functions. .

步骤 1609, 可选步骤。 当 MN向 MAPS-MN注册时, MAPS-MN与策略 服务器交互获得了流选择策略或者获得了连接属性, 则执行此步骤。 为了防 止当 CN主动发送数据包时, 选择到已经迁移走的接口上(即接口 1上) , MAPS-MN需要更新 MN注册信息表,从 HNP1-源接口信息-连接属性 1修改 为 HNP1-目标接口信息-连接属性 1。 本步骤在步骤 1606后即可执行, 与其 他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1609, an optional step. When the MN registers with the MAPS-MN, the MAPS-MN interacts with the policy server to obtain a flow selection policy or obtains a connection attribute, and then performs this step. To prevent the CN from actively transmitting packets, select the interface that has been migrated (that is, on interface 1), MAPS-MN needs to update the MN registration information table, and change from HNP1-source interface information-connection attribute 1 to HNP1-target. Interface information - connection attribute 1. This step can be performed after step 1606, and there is no order for other steps.

步骤 1610, MAPS-MN通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性。 本 步骤在步骤 1606后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  Step 1610: The MAPS-MN notifies the MAG of the opposite end to update the address mapping and the connection attribute. This step can be performed after step 1606, and there is no order with other steps.

其中,地址映射是指 , MN的 HNP与 MAG-MN地址映射或 HNP与 CoA 的映射。  The address mapping refers to the mapping between the HNP of the MN and the MAG-MN address mapping or HNP and CoA.

MAPS-MN可在本地维护的通信对端表中或者从 MAGI -MN获得的通信 对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN , 同时根据 CN查询对应的 MAG-CN 地址或 CN的 CoA, 然后向该 MAG-CN (本实施例中指的 MAG-CN1 )发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG地址(即 MAGI -MN地 址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属性。 通信对端表中获取 MN所有的通信对端 CN, 并获得 CN对应的 MAPS-CN, 然后向该 MAPS-CN发送 CoA更新消息 , 消息中携带 MN的 HNP , 源 MAG 地址(即 MAG1-MN地址 )或源 CoA (即 CoAl ) , 目标 MAG地址(即 MAG2-MN地址)或目标 CoA (即 CoA2 ) , 同时还携带该迁移流的连接属 性。 由 MAPS-CN将该 CoA更新消息转发给 CN的 MAG。 The MAPS-MN can obtain all the communication peer CNs of the MN in the communication peer table maintained locally or from the communication peer table obtained by the MAGI-MN, and query the corresponding MAG-CN address or the CN of the CN according to the CN, and then Sending a CoA update message to the MAG-CN (MAG-CN1 in this embodiment), where the message carries the HNP of the MN, the source MAG address (ie, the MAGI-MN address) or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), and the target MAG address (ie, The MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2) also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The communication peer table obtains all the communication peer CNs of the MN, and obtains the MAPS-CN corresponding to the CN, and then sends a CoA update message to the MAPS-CN, where the message carries the HNP of the MN, and the source MAG address (ie, the MAG1-MN address) Or the source CoA (ie, CoAl), the target MAG address (ie, the MAG2-MN address) or the target CoA (ie, CoA2), and also carries the connection attribute of the migrated stream. The CoA update message is forwarded by the MAPS-CN to the MAG of the CN.

CoA更新消息的目的就是将 HNP1与 MAG2-MN的地址映射或者 HNP1 与 CoA2映射及连接属性发送给 MAG-CN。 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只 要该消息携带了上述信息即可。  The purpose of the CoA update message is to send the address mapping of HNP1 and MAG2-MN or the HNP1 and CoA2 mapping and connection attributes to the MAG-CN. The name of the message can be another name as long as the message carries the above information.

步骤 1611 , MAG-CN1收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 Step 1611: After receiving the message, the MAG-CN1 obtains the MAG2-MN address in the message or

CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1返回 CoA更新响应消息。本步骤在步骤 1610后即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。 CoA2 and connection attributes, update the locally stored MN address mapping table, and change the HNPl-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. MAG-CN1 returns a CoA update response message. This step can be performed after step 1610, and there is no order with other steps.

CoA更新响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1611的 CoA更新消息, 消息的 名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the CoA update response message is to respond to the CoA update message of step 1611, and the name of the message may be other names as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1612, MAPS-MN给 MAGI -MN或 MAG2-MN返回流迁移响应消 息, 携带目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略。  Step 1612: The MAPS-MN returns a flow migration response message to the MAGI-MN or the MAG2-MN, and carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1605的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1605, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

本步骤在完成 1606即可执行, 与其他步骤无先后顺序。  This step can be performed after completing 1606, and there is no order with other steps.

步骤 1613 , MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN发送流迁移指示消息给 MN。 消息 中需要携带目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选的携带源接口信息和 需要迁移的流信息。  Step 1613: The MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a flow migration indication message to the MN. The message carries the target interface information and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional.

其中, 目标接口信息是指需要将流迁移到的目标接口的相关信息, 至少 包括以下之一: 终端接口 2的 linklocal地址、 MAG2的 MAC地址、 CoA2、 终端接口 2的接口标识、 终端接口 2的 MAC地址。  The target interface information refers to related information of the target interface to which the flow needs to be migrated, and includes at least one of the following: a link local address of the terminal interface 2, a MAC address of the MAG2, a CoA2, an interface identifier of the terminal interface 2, and a terminal interface 2 MAC address.

源接口信息是指需要将流迁移出的源接口的相关信息, 至少包括以下之 一: 终端接口 1的 linklocal地址、 MAG1的 MAC地址、 CoAl、 终端接口 1 的接口标识、 终端接口 1的 MAC地址。 Source interface information refers to information about the source interface that needs to be migrated out, including at least the following One: the linklocal address of the terminal interface 1, the MAC address of the MAG1, the CoAl, the interface identifier of the terminal interface 1, and the MAC address of the terminal interface 1.

需要迁移的流信息是指需要迁移的流相关信息, 用来确定具体的流, 可 以是五元组, 也可以是其它的指示信息。 当需要迁移接口上的个别流时, 需 要携带该信息, 若将接口上所有的流都迁移, 则可以不携带该字段。  The flow information to be migrated refers to the flow related information that needs to be migrated, and is used to determine a specific flow, which may be a five-tuple or other indication information. When you need to migrate individual flows on an interface, you need to carry this information. If all the flows on the interface are migrated, you do not need to carry this field.

流迁移指示消息的目的就是通知 MN进行流迁移, 并携带相关的接口信 息和流信息, 可以通过新增消息来实现, 也可以通过^ ί'爹改现有消息来实现, 消息的名称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息实现了上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration indication message is to notify the MN to perform flow migration, and to carry related interface information and flow information, which may be implemented by adding a new message, or by tampering with an existing message. The name of the message may be Other names, as long as the message implements the above functions.

步骤 1614 , ΜΝ给 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN返回流迁移响应消息。  In step 1614, the flow migration response message is returned to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN.

流迁移响应消息的目的就是回应步骤 1613的流迁移指示消息,消息的名 称可以是其它名称, 只要该消息完成上述功能即可。  The purpose of the flow migration response message is to respond to the flow migration indication message of step 1613, and the name of the message may be another name as long as the message completes the above functions.

步骤 1615 , 流迁移完成后 ΜΝ在接口 2上与 CN1进行数据通信。 ΜΝ 与 CN1的数据报文如本步骤所示为 MN MAG2-MN MAG-CNl CNl。  In step 1615, after the stream migration is completed, data communication with CN1 is performed on interface 2.数据 The data message with CN1 is MN MAG2-MN MAG-CNl CNl as shown in this step.

本实施例以网络侧发起的流迁移为例, 描述了流迁移导致的流选择策略 及地址映射关系的更新流程。 当多接入终端发生切换时, 即当多接入终端由 于移动导致某一接口连接的 MAG发生改变时, 或者当多接入终端的某一接 口由于某种原因 (如发生故障等)无法再为终端服务时, 需要将发生切换 / 故障的接口上的所有流全部切换到终端的其它接口上, 此时仍然可以釆用本 实施例的流程。 对于切换场景, 1605和 1613步可能是切换请求消息。  This example uses the flow migration initiated by the network as an example to describe the flow of the flow selection policy and the address mapping relationship caused by the flow migration. When a multi-access terminal is switched, that is, when the multi-access terminal changes the MAG of an interface due to the movement, or when an interface of the multi-access terminal fails for some reason (such as a failure, etc.) When serving the terminal, all the flows on the interface where the switching/failure occurs need to be switched to other interfaces of the terminal. The flow of this embodiment can still be used. For handover scenarios, steps 1605 and 1613 may be handover request messages.

存在如下两种对策略服务器所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two ways to modify the flow selection policy of the policy server:

更新策略服务器方法一:  Update Policy Server Method One:

如图 16提到, 在 MAPS-MN获取修改的流选择策略之后执行步骤 1607 和步骤 1608。  As mentioned in Figure 16, step 1607 and step 1608 are performed after the MAPS-MN obtains the modified stream selection policy.

更新策略服务器方法二:  Update Policy Server Method 2:

由 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN在获得修改后的流选择策略信息后, 向策 略服务器发送策略修改请求消息,消息中携带 MN ID和修改后的流选择策略。 策略服务器更新与 MN相关的流选择策略, 并返回策略修改响应消息, 以替 换上述步骤 1607和步骤 1608。 存在如下两种对终端所存流选择策略进行修改的方法: After obtaining the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, where the message carries the MN ID and the modified flow selection policy. The policy server updates the flow selection policy associated with the MN and returns a policy modification response message to replace step 1607 and step 1608 above. There are two methods for modifying the flow selection policy of the terminal as follows:

更新终端方法一:  Update terminal method one:

如图 16提到, 在 MAPS-MN确定修改流选择策略之后执行步骤 1612和 步骤 1613。  As mentioned in Figure 16, step 1612 and step 1613 are performed after the MAPS-MN determines to modify the stream selection policy.

更新终端方法二:  Update terminal method two:

可以由策略服务器在获取新的流选择策略后, 向 MAG1-MN 或者 MAG2-MN直接发送流迁移指示消息, 以替换图 16中的步骤 1612。 消息中 需要携带 MN标识( MN ID ) 、 目标接口信息和修改后的流选择策略, 可选 的携带源接口信息和需要迁移的流信息。 如果发送给 MAG1-MN , 则 MAGI -MN可以删除相关的流或连接属性。  After the new flow selection policy is obtained by the policy server, the flow migration indication message is directly sent to the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN to replace the step 1612 in FIG. The message carries the MN identifier (MN ID), the target interface information, and the modified flow selection policy. The optional source interface information and the flow information to be migrated are optional. If sent to MAG1-MN, MAGI-MN can delete the associated stream or connection attribute.

存在如下两种对 MAG-CN所存流选择策略进行修改的方法:  There are two ways to modify the MAG-CN stored flow selection policy:

更新 MAG-CN方法一:  Update MAG-CN Method 1:

如图 16提到,在 MAPS-MN决定进行流选择策略修改之后执行步骤 1610 和步骤 1611。  As mentioned in Figure 16, step 1610 and step 1611 are performed after the MAPS-MN decides to perform the stream selection policy modification.

更新 MAG-CN方法二:  Update MAG-CN Method 2:

由 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN或策略服务器在决定或获得修改后的流选 择策略信息后, 通知对端的 MAG更新地址映射及连接属性, 以替换上述步 骤 1610。 同时, MAG-CN收到该消息后, 获取消息中的 MAG2-MN地址或 CoA2及连接属性, 更新本地保存的 MN的地址映射表, 将 HNPl-CoAl (或 MAG1-MN地址 ) -连接属性爹改为 HNPl-CoA2 (或 MAG2-MN地址 )國连接 属性。 MAG-CN1向 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN或策略服务器返回 CoA更新 响应消息, 以替换上述步骤 1611。  After the MAG1-MN or the MAG2-MN or the policy server determines or obtains the modified flow selection policy information, the MAG of the opposite end is notified to update the address mapping and the connection attribute to replace the foregoing step 1610. At the same time, after receiving the message, the MAG-CN obtains the MAG2-MN address or CoA2 and the connection attribute in the message, updates the locally stored MN address mapping table, and sets the HNP1-CoAl (or MAG1-MN address)-connection attribute. Change to the HNPl-CoA2 (or MAG2-MN address) country connection attribute. The MAG-CN1 returns a CoA Update Response message to the MAG1-MN or MAG2-MN or the Policy Server to replace the above step 1611.

在网络侧决定更改流选择策略之后, 需要分别对终端、 MAPS-MN、 策 略服务器和 MAG-CN进行策略更新, 对各网元(终端、 MAPS-MN、 策略服 务器和 MAG-CN )进行流选择策略的更新具有上述多种方式, 在更新时各种 方式可以任意组合来完成相关网元的信息修改, 在此不再——举例、 重复描 述。 此外, 策略服务器上如果不存放与 MN相关的策略, 则也可以不对策略 服务器执行流选择策略更新的操作。 实施例十二 After the network side decides to change the flow selection policy, it needs to perform policy update on the terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN respectively, and perform flow selection on each network element (terminal, MAPS-MN, policy server, and MAG-CN). The policy update has the above multiple manners. In the update, various modes can be combined in any way to complete the information modification of the relevant network element, and no longer, for example, repeated description. In addition, if the policy related to the MN is not stored on the policy server, the operation of the flow selection policy update may not be performed on the policy server. Example twelve

当网络侧 (MAPS-MN、 策略服务器、 MAG1-MN或 MAG2-MN )基于 负荷分担、 信号强度、 用户意愿、 网络规划、 或运营维护等考虑, 决定改变 流选择策略后, 可以通知终端进行流迁移(如果策略服务器或 MAPS-MN决 定更改流选择策略 , 则通知消息可以经由 MAGI -MN或 MAG2-MN发送给 MN, 携带更新的流选择策略) , 由终端决定是否发起策略修改过程。 如果 终端发起策略更新, 则操作与图 6处理类似, 在此不再重复描述。  When the network side (MAPS-MN, policy server, MAG1-MN, or MAG2-MN) is based on load sharing, signal strength, user willingness, network planning, or operation and maintenance, etc., after deciding to change the flow selection policy, the terminal may be notified to perform the flow. Migration (If the policy server or MAPS-MN decides to change the flow selection policy, the notification message can be sent to the MN via MAGI-MN or MAG2-MN, carrying the updated flow selection policy), and the terminal decides whether to initiate the policy modification process. If the terminal initiates a policy update, the operation is similar to the processing of FIG. 6, and the description will not be repeated here.

在本发明的上述实施例中, MAPS/MAG-MN/策略服务器通知对端 MAG 更新地址映射表即更新位置关系 (CoA更新流程) 中, 在 CoA更新消息中 均携带了连接属性字段。 当对端 MAG 上存储的是流选择策略时, 即对端 MAG中的地址映射表为 HNP-CoA-流选择策略时, 在该 CoA更新消息中需 要携带修改后的流选择策略, 而不是连接属性。  In the foregoing embodiment of the present invention, the MAPS/MAG-MN/policy server notifies the peer MAG to update the address mapping table, that is, the update location relationship (CoA update procedure), and the connection attribute field is carried in the CoA update message. When the flow selection policy is stored on the peer MAG, that is, when the address mapping table in the peer MAG is a HNP-CoA-flow selection policy, the modified flow selection policy needs to be carried in the CoA update message instead of the connection. Attributes.

本发明的上述所有实施例的流程中, 均描述了终端的策略更新过程, MAPS的策略、 连接属性、 MN注册信息表更新过程, 策略服务器的策略更 新过程、 对端 MAG的地址映射、 策略更新过程, 但是这四个网元的更新过 程并不需要在流程中全部实现, 针对不同的场景问题, 这四个网元的更新过 程可以有不同的组合。  In the process of all the foregoing embodiments of the present invention, the policy update process of the terminal, the MAPS policy, the connection attribute, the MN registration information table update process, the policy server policy update process, the address mapping of the peer MAG, and the policy update are all described. Process, but the update process of the four network elements does not need to be implemented in the process. For different scenario problems, the update process of the four network elements may have different combinations.

组合方式一:更新终端和对端 MAG,或更新终端、对端 MAG和 MAPS。 当终端 /MAPS/MAG由于某种原因只需要发起当前流的迁移或切换, 而 后续新发起的流仍按照现有流选择策略选择路径 (即选择位置信息) 时, 仍 可以使用上述所有流程, 只是在这种场景中, 不再需要修改策略服务器上的 流选择策略流程。 釆用这种方式, MN 已经建立的流可以按照修改后的流选 择策略选择路径或位置信息, 而 MN新建的流由于使用原先的策略会选择到 不同的路径。 例如, MN 的流 1 原先的路径为 MN MAG1-MN o MAG-CNl CNl , MN/网络侧由于某种原因决定将流迁移到 MAG2-MN, 则流 1 的路径该变为 MN MAG2-MN MAG-CNl CNl , 由于爹改了 MN和对端 MAG的上信息, 则流 1可以维持该路径, 而由于没有修改策略 服务器, MN新建的流 2根据策略服务器上策略, 其选择到的路径仍然会通 过 MAG1-MN, 而不是 MAG2-MN。 组合方式二:更新终端和策略服务器,或更新终端、策略服务器和 MAPS。 当釆用这种组合方式时, 为了能使对端的 MAG在转发对端发送的数据 包时可以正确选择多接入终端的位置/ MAG,对端 MAG需要每次收到数据包 时都向 MAPS-MN查询 MN的位置信息。 对于传统的 PMIP系统, 由于不需 要更新通信对端的 MAG, 所以釆用这种组合方式更优化。 Combination method 1: update the terminal and the peer MAG, or update the terminal, the peer MAG and the MAPS. When the terminal/MAPS/MAG only needs to initiate the migration or handover of the current flow for some reason, and the subsequent newly initiated flow still selects the path according to the existing flow selection policy (ie, selects the location information), all the above processes can still be used. In this scenario, it is no longer necessary to modify the flow selection policy process on the Policy Server. In this way, the flow that the MN has established can select the path or location information according to the modified flow selection policy, and the new flow created by the MN will select a different path because of the original policy. For example, if the original path of stream 1 of the MN is MN MAG1-MN o MAG-CN1 CN1 , and the MN/network side decides to migrate the stream to MAG2-MN for some reason, the path of stream 1 becomes MN MAG2-MN MAG. -CNl CNl, because tampering with the information of the MN and the peer MAG, stream 1 can maintain the path, and since the policy server is not modified, the MN newly created stream 2 according to the policy on the policy server, the selected path will still be By MAG1-MN, not MAG2-MN. Combination 2: Update the terminal and policy server, or update the terminal, policy server and MAPS. When the combination mode is used, the peer MAG needs to correctly select the location/MAG of the multiple access terminal when forwarding the data packet sent by the peer end, and the peer MAG needs to send the data packet to the MAPS each time. - MN queries the location information of the MN. For the traditional PMIP system, this combination is more optimized because there is no need to update the MAG of the communication peer.

组合方式三: 更新终端、 策略服务器和对端 MAG, 或更新终端、 策略 服务器, 对端 MAG和 MAPS。  Combination mode 3: Update the terminal, policy server and peer MAG, or update the terminal, policy server, peer MAG and MAPS.

显然, 本领域的技术人员应该明白, 上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可 以用通用的计算装置来实现, 它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上, 或者分布 在多个计算装置所组成的网络上, 可选地, 它们可以用计算装置可执行的程 序代码来实现, 从而可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行, 或者 将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块, 或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作 成单个集成电路模块来实现。 这样, 本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件 结合。  Obviously, those skilled in the art should understand that the above modules or steps of the present invention can be implemented by a general-purpose computing device, which can be concentrated on a single computing device or distributed over a network composed of multiple computing devices. Alternatively, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device so that they may be stored in the storage device by the computing device, or they may be separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules, or Multiple modules or steps are made into a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any particular combination of hardware and software.

以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已, 并不用于限制本发明, 对于本 领域的技术人员来说, 本发明可以有各种更改和变化。 凡在本发明的精神和 原则之内, 所作的任何修改、 等同替换、 改进等, 均应包含在本发明的保护 范围之内。  The above description is only the preferred embodiment of the present invention, and is not intended to limit the present invention, and various modifications and changes can be made to the present invention. Any modifications, equivalent substitutions, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and scope of the present invention are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention.

工业实用 4生 Industrial and practical

本发明实施例提出了一种流移动中的策略管理方法和系统, 在存在多个 接入网关时, 使得对端获悉终端正确的位置信息实现报文传输。  The embodiment of the invention provides a method and a system for managing a policy in a flow movement. When there are multiple access gateways, the peer end learns the correct location information of the terminal to implement message transmission.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 Claim 1、 一种流移动中的策略管理方法, 包括:  1. A method for managing a policy in a flow movement, comprising: 终端发起流迁移或切换时, 所述终端将修改后的流选择策略发送给网络 侧;  When the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, the terminal sends the modified flow selection policy to the network side; 所述网络侧将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器; 或者, 当所 述策略服务器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时 , 所述网络侧将所述修改 后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器。  And the network side sends the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the network side uses the modified flow selection policy Sent to the policy server. 2、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述方法还包括,  2. The method of claim 1, wherein the method further comprises 所述策略服务器接收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 当所述策略服务器 上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 所述策略服务器根据所述修改后的流 选择策略更新与所述终端相关的流选择策略; 当所述策略服务器上不存在基 于所述终端的流选择策略时, 所述策略服务器将所述修改后的流选择策略作 为所述终端新增的流选择策略。  After the policy server receives the modified flow selection policy, when the flow server selects a flow selection policy based on the terminal, the policy server updates and the modified flow selection policy according to the modified a terminal-related flow selection policy; when there is no flow selection policy based on the terminal on the policy server, the policy server uses the modified flow selection policy as a new flow selection policy of the terminal. 3、 如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中,  3. The method of claim 1, wherein 所述终端将修改后的流选择策略发送给网络侧 , 所述网络侧将所述修改 后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器包括:  The terminal sends the modified flow selection policy to the network side, and the network side sends the modified flow selection policy to the policy server, including: 所述终端发送流迁移指示消息至所述终端的迁移流的源接入网关或目标 接入网关, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略;  The terminal sends a flow migration indication message to the source access gateway or the target access gateway of the migrating flow of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关转发所述流迁移指示消息至所述终端的 位置服务器;  Transmitting, by the source access gateway or the target access gateway, the flow migration indication message to a location server of the terminal; 所述位置服务器发送策略修改请求消息至所述策略服务器, 携带所述修 改后的流选择策略。  The location server sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carries the modified flow selection policy. 4、如权利要求 1所述的方法, 其中, 所述终端将修改后的流选择策略发 送给网络侧 ,所述网络侧将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器包括: 所述终端发送流迁移指示消息至所述终端的迁移流的源接入网关或目标 接入网关, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略;  The method of claim 1, wherein the terminal sends the modified flow selection policy to the network side, and the network side sends the modified flow selection policy to the policy server, including: the terminal Sending a flow migration indication message to the source access gateway or the target access gateway of the migrating flow of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关发送策略修改请求消息至策略服务器, 携带所述修改后的流选择策略。 The source access gateway or the target access gateway sends a policy modification request message to the policy server, Carrying the modified stream selection policy. 5、 如权利要求 4所述的方法, 其中, 所述方法还包括:  5. The method of claim 4, wherein the method further comprises: 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关发送流迁移指示消息至所述终端的位置 服务器, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略;  The source access gateway or the target access gateway sends a flow migration indication message to the location server of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; 所述位置服务器根据所述修改后的流选择策略更新本地与所述终端相关 的流选择策略。  The location server updates the local flow selection policy associated with the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy. 6、 如权利要求 3所述的方法, 其中, 所述方法还包括:  6. The method of claim 3, wherein the method further comprises: 所述位置服务器接收到修改后的流选择策略后, 根据所述修改后的流选 择策略更新本地与所述终端相关的流选择策略。  After receiving the modified flow selection policy, the location server updates the local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy. 7、 如权利要求 3、 5或 6所述的方法, 其中, 所述方法还包括: 所述终端向位置服务器注册时, 所述位置服务器从策略服务器获取连接 信息或者流选择策略, 建立所述终端的注册信息表, 所述终端的注册信息表 包括所述终端的身份标识、终端当前接入的接口信息和连接属性的映射关系; 所述位置服务器向所述接入网关返回所述位置服务器为所述终端分配的 身份标识信息, 所述接入网关将所述终端的身份标识信息, 或者, 将所述终 端的身份标识信息和所述接入网关为所述终端分配的位置信息发送给所述终 端。  The method according to claim 3, 5 or 6, wherein the method further comprises: when the terminal registers with the location server, the location server acquires connection information or a flow selection policy from the policy server, and establishes the method a registration information table of the terminal, the registration information table of the terminal includes an identity of the terminal, a mapping relationship between the interface information currently accessed by the terminal, and a connection attribute; the location server returns the location server to the access gateway And sending, by the access gateway, the identity identification information of the terminal, or sending the identity identification information of the terminal and the location information allocated by the access gateway to the terminal to The terminal. 8、 如权利要求 7所述的方法, 其中, 所述方法还包括:  8. The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises: 所述位置服务器收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 修改所述终端的注册 信息表, 将终端标识、 迁移流的源接口信息和连接属性的映射关系修改为终 端标识、 迁移流的目标接口信息和连接属性的映射关系。  After receiving the modified flow selection policy, the location server modifies the registration information table of the terminal, and modifies the mapping relationship between the terminal identifier, the source interface information and the connection attribute of the migration flow to the target identifier and the destination of the migration flow. The mapping between interface information and connection attributes. 9、 一种流移动中的策略管理系统, 包括网络侧和策略服务器, 其中: 所述网络侧设置为: 在所述终端发起流迁移或切换时, 接收所述终端发 送的修改后的流选择策略; 以及,  A flow management system, including a network side and a policy server, wherein: the network side is configured to: when the terminal initiates a flow migration or handover, receiving a modified flow selection sent by the terminal Strategy; and, 将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给策略服务器; 或者, 当所述策略服务 器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 将所述修改后的流选择策略发送给 策略服务器。 Sending the modified flow selection policy to the policy server; or sending the modified flow selection policy to the policy server when there is a flow selection policy based on the terminal on the policy server. 10、 如权利要求 9所述的系统, 其中, 10. The system of claim 9, wherein 所述策略服务器还设置为: 接收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 当所述 策略服务器上存在基于所述终端的流选择策略时, 根据所述修改后的流选择 策略更新与所述终端相关的流选择策略; 当所述策略服务器上不存在基于所 述终端的流选择策略时 , 将所述修改后的流选择策略作为所述终端新增的流 选择策略。  The policy server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, when there is a flow selection policy based on the terminal on the policy server, update and describe the modified flow selection policy according to the a terminal-related flow selection policy; when the flow selection policy based on the terminal does not exist on the policy server, the modified flow selection policy is used as a new flow selection policy of the terminal. 11、 如权利要求 9所述的系统, 其中,  11. The system of claim 9, wherein 所述网络侧包括源接入网关或目标接入网关, 位置服务器, 其中: 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关设置为: 接收所述终端发送的流迁移指 示消息, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略, 转发所述流 迁移指示消息至所述终端的位置服务器;  The network side includes a source access gateway or a target access gateway, and a location server, where: the source access gateway or the target access gateway is configured to: receive a flow migration indication message sent by the terminal, and the flow migration indication Transmitting, by the message, the modified flow selection policy, and forwarding the flow migration indication message to a location server of the terminal; 所述位置服务器设置为: 发送策略修改请求消息至所述策略服务器, 携 带所述修改后的流选择策略。  The location server is configured to: send a policy modification request message to the policy server, and carry the modified flow selection policy. 12、 如权利要求 9所述的系统, 其中, 所述网络侧包括源接入网关或目 标接入网关, 其中:  The system of claim 9, wherein the network side comprises a source access gateway or a target access gateway, where: 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关设置为: 接收所述终端发送的流迁移指 示消息, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略; 发送策略修 改请求消息至策略服务器, 携带所述修改后的流选择策略。  The source access gateway or the target access gateway is configured to: receive a flow migration indication message sent by the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; and send a policy modification request message to the policy server Carrying the modified stream selection policy. 13、 如权利要求 12所述的系统, 其中, 所述系统还包括位置服务器, 其 中:  13. The system of claim 12, wherein the system further comprises a location server, wherein: 所述源接入网关或目标接入网关还设置为: 发送流迁移指示消息至所述 终端的位置服务器, 所述流迁移指示消息中携带所述修改后的流选择策略; 所述位置服务器设置为, 根据所述修改后的流选择策略更新本地与所述 终端相关的流选择策略。  The source access gateway or the target access gateway is further configured to: send a flow migration indication message to the location server of the terminal, where the flow migration indication message carries the modified flow selection policy; And updating a local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy. 14、 如权利要求 11所述的系统, 其中,  14. The system of claim 11 wherein: 所述位置服务器还设置为: 接收到修改后的流选择策略后, 根据所述修 改后的流选择策略更新本地与所述终端相关的流选择策略。 The location server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, update the local flow selection policy related to the terminal according to the modified flow selection policy. 15、 如权利要求 11、 13或 14所述的系统, 其中, 15. The system of claim 11, 13 or 14, wherein 所述位置服务器还设置为: 当所述终端通过接入网关进行注册时, 从策 略服务器获取连接信息或者流选择策略, 建立所述终端的注册信息表, 所述 终端的注册信息表包括所述终端的终端身份标识、 终端当前接入的接口信息 和连接属性的映射关系; 以及, 向所述接入网关返回所述位置服务器为所述 终端分配的身份标识信息,所述接入网关将所述终端的身份标识信息,或者, 将所述终端的身份标识信息和所述接入网关为所述终端分配的位置信息发送 给所述终端。  The location server is further configured to: when the terminal registers with the access gateway, obtain a connection information or a flow selection policy from the policy server, and establish a registration information table of the terminal, where the registration information table of the terminal includes the a terminal identifier of the terminal, a mapping relationship between the interface information currently accessed by the terminal, and a connection attribute; and returning, to the access gateway, identity information that is allocated by the location server to the terminal, where the access gateway The identity information of the terminal is sent, or the identity information of the terminal and the location information allocated by the access gateway to the terminal are sent to the terminal. 16、 如权利要求 15所述的系统, 其中,  16. The system of claim 15 wherein 所述位置服务器还设置为: 收到所述修改后的流选择策略后, 修改所述 终端的注册信息表, 将终端身份标识、 迁移流的源接口信息和连接属性的映 射关系修改为终端身份标识、迁移流的目标接口信息和连接属性的映射关系。  The location server is further configured to: after receiving the modified flow selection policy, modify the registration information table of the terminal, and modify the mapping relationship between the terminal identity identifier, the source interface information of the migration flow, and the connection attribute to the terminal identity. The mapping relationship between the target interface information of the migration stream and the connection attribute.
PCT/CN2012/083710 2011-11-01 2012-10-29 Method and system for policy management in stream movement Ceased WO2013064053A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201110339225.6 2011-11-01
CN201110339225.6A CN103096343B (en) 2011-11-01 2011-11-01 One kind flows policy management method on the move and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013064053A1 true WO2013064053A1 (en) 2013-05-10

Family

ID=48191323

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2012/083710 Ceased WO2013064053A1 (en) 2011-11-01 2012-10-29 Method and system for policy management in stream movement

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN103096343B (en)
WO (1) WO2013064053A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109862581B (en) * 2017-11-30 2022-05-17 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN111835577B (en) * 2019-04-22 2022-06-14 中国移动通信集团福建有限公司 Method and device for determining quality difference problem of Internet of things private network and electronic equipment

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101600193A (en) * 2009-06-22 2009-12-09 华为技术有限公司 Stream switching method, system and network device
CN101730155A (en) * 2009-04-30 2010-06-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System and method for performing resource control on user
CN101754168A (en) * 2008-12-04 2010-06-23 中国移动通信集团公司 Handover method, device and system between multiple interfaces of mobile node

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009212892A (en) * 2008-03-05 2009-09-17 Panasonic Corp Mobile terminal and connection station device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101754168A (en) * 2008-12-04 2010-06-23 中国移动通信集团公司 Handover method, device and system between multiple interfaces of mobile node
CN101730155A (en) * 2009-04-30 2010-06-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 System and method for performing resource control on user
CN101600193A (en) * 2009-06-22 2009-12-09 华为技术有限公司 Stream switching method, system and network device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103096343A (en) 2013-05-08
CN103096343B (en) 2018-02-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5214737B2 (en) Method and apparatus for use in a communication network
KR101410836B1 (en) Method and system for terminal handover in wireless communication system
BRPI0617009A2 (en) method performed by a home agent, method for allowing simultaneous use of a plurality of interfaces by a multi-home mobile node, home agent serving a multi-home mobile node, multi-home mobile node to allow simultaneous use of a plurality of interfaces by a mobile node multi-home, substitute for a multi-home, computer-readable mobile node
KR101065958B1 (en) Communication system and communication method thereof
EP2309799B1 (en) A route optimization method and system
WO2009149631A1 (en) Method for processing state switching information, mobile access gateway and mobile terminal
WO2009143723A1 (en) Method, system and node for keeping session continuity at the time of handover between different domains
CN102036220A (en) Mobile management method and device
WO2010072135A1 (en) Method, device and system for network handoff
WO2013178013A1 (en) Mobile node registration method, intercommunication method, switching method and network element
JP2013172273A (en) Handover processing system and gateway router
WO2012058817A1 (en) A method for providing a local traffic shortcut in a packet-oriented mobile communication network
CN102573013A (en) Data transmission method by adopting multiple access modes and access device
WO2013007133A1 (en) Method and system for managing packet forwarding path, and network element
WO2013064053A1 (en) Method and system for policy management in stream movement
WO2013007131A1 (en) Mobility management method and mobile access gateway
CN102572787A (en) Method for determining data forwarding route and apparatuses
CN101562561A (en) Method for realizing mobile network routing and network thereof
CN103096394B (en) One kind stream policy management method on the move and system
KR101368469B1 (en) Network based internet protocol mobility system and handover method thereof
CN102573014B (en) To the method and apparatus of user&#39;s data message transmission of employing plurality of access modes
WO2010000188A1 (en) A method and apparatus for realizing handover between mobility management domains
WO2013064084A1 (en) Policy management method and system in flow movement
WO2013044688A1 (en) Communication method and communication system for a node which is roaming in pmip domains
CN102572773B (en) A kind of position information processing method and location server

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12845665

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12845665

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1